Merge pull request #14238 from netbox-community/develop

Release v3.6.5

.gitattributes

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 *.sh text eol=lf
-# Treat minified or packed JS/CSS files as binary, as they're not meant to be human-readable
-*.min.* binary
-*.map binary
-*.pack.js binary
+# Treat compiled JS/CSS files as binary, as they're not meant to be human-readable
+netbox/project-static/dist/*.css binary
+netbox/project-static/dist/*.js binary
+netbox/project-static/dist/*.js.map binary

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/bug_report.md

@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
----
-name: 🐛 Bug Report
-about: Report a reproducible bug in the current release of NetBox
-
----
-
-<!--
-    NOTE: IF YOUR ISSUE DOES NOT FOLLOW THIS TEMPLATE, IT WILL BE CLOSED.
-
-    This form is only for reproducible bugs. If you need assistance with
-    NetBox installation, or if you have a general question, DO NOT open an
-    issue. Instead, post to our mailing list:
-
-        https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/netbox-discuss
-
-    Please describe the environment in which you are running NetBox. Be sure
-    that you are running an unmodified instance of the latest stable release
-    before submitting a bug report, and that any plugins have been disabled.
--->
-### Environment
-* Python version: 
-* NetBox version: 
-
-<!--
-    Describe in detail the exact steps that someone else can take to reproduce
-    this bug using the current stable release of NetBox. Begin with the
-    creation of any necessary database objects and call out every operation
-    being performed explicitly. If reporting a bug in the REST API, be sure to
-    reconstruct the raw HTTP request(s) being made: Don't rely on a client
-    library such as pynetbox.
--->
-### Steps to Reproduce
-1. 
-2. 
-3. 
-
-<!-- What did you expect to happen? -->
-### Expected Behavior
-
-
-<!-- What happened instead? -->
-### Observed Behavior

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/bug_report.yaml

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+---
+name: 🐛 Bug Report
+description: Report a reproducible bug in the current release of NetBox
+labels: ["type: bug"]
+body:
+  - type: markdown
+    attributes:
+      value: >
+        **NOTE:** This form is only for reporting _reproducible bugs_ in a current NetBox
+        installation. If you're having trouble with installation or just looking for
+        assistance with using NetBox, please visit our
+        [discussion forum](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/discussions) instead.
+  - type: input
+    attributes:
+      label: NetBox version
+      description: What version of NetBox are you currently running?
+      placeholder: v3.6.5
+    validations:
+      required: true
+  - type: dropdown
+    attributes:
+      label: Python version
+      description: What version of Python are you currently running?
+      options:
+        - "3.8"
+        - "3.9"
+        - "3.10"
+        - "3.11"
+    validations:
+      required: true
+  - type: textarea
+    attributes:
+      label: Steps to Reproduce
+      description: >
+        Describe in detail the exact steps that someone else can take to
+        reproduce this bug using the current stable release of NetBox. Begin with the
+        creation of any necessary database objects and call out every operation being
+        performed explicitly. If reporting a bug in the REST API, be sure to reconstruct
+        the raw HTTP request(s) being made: Don't rely on a client library such as
+        pynetbox. Additionally, **do not rely on the demo instance** for reproducing
+        suspected bugs, as its data is prone to modification or deletion at any time.
+      placeholder: |
+        1. Click on "create widget"
+        2. Set foo to 12 and bar to G
+        3. Click the "create" button
+    validations:
+      required: true
+  - type: textarea
+    attributes:
+      label: Expected Behavior
+      description: What did you expect to happen?
+      placeholder: A new widget should have been created with the specified attributes
+    validations:
+      required: true
+  - type: textarea
+    attributes:
+      label: Observed Behavior
+      description: What happened instead?
+      placeholder: A TypeError exception was raised
+    validations:
+      required: true

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/config.yml

@@ -3,7 +3,13 @@ blank_issues_enabled: false
 contact_links:
   - name: 📖 Contributing Policy
     url: https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/blob/develop/CONTRIBUTING.md
-    about: Please read through our contributing policy before opening an issue or pull request
-  - name: 💬 Discussion Group
-    url: https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/netbox-discuss
-    about: Join our discussion group for assistance with installation issues and other problems
+    about: "Please read through our contributing policy before opening an issue or pull request."
+  - name: ❓ Discussion
+    url: https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/discussions
+    about: "If you're just looking for help, try starting a discussion instead."
+  - name: 💡 Plugin Idea
+    url: https://plugin-ideas.netbox.dev
+    about: "Have an idea for a plugin? Head over to the ideas board!"
+  - name: 💬 Community Slack
+    url: https://netdev.chat
+    about: "Join #netbox on the NetDev Community Slack for assistance with installation issues and other problems."

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/deprecation.yaml

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+---
+name: 🗑️ Deprecation
+description: The removal of an existing feature or resource
+labels: ["type: deprecation"]
+body:
+  - type: textarea
+    attributes:
+      label: Proposed Changes
+      description: >
+        Describe in detail the proposed changes. What is being removed?
+    validations:
+      required: true
+  - type: textarea
+    attributes:
+      label: Justification
+      description: Please provide justification for the proposed change(s).
+    validations:
+      required: true
+  - type: textarea
+    attributes:
+      label: Impact
+      description: List all areas of the application that will be affected by this change.
+    validations:
+      required: true

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/documentation_change.md

@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
----
-name: 📖 Documentation Change
-about: Suggest an addition or modification to the NetBox documentation
-
----
-
-<!--
-    NOTE: IF YOUR ISSUE DOES NOT FOLLOW THIS TEMPLATE, IT WILL BE CLOSED.
-
-    Please indicate the nature of the change by placing an X in one of the
-    boxes below.
--->
-### Change Type
-[ ] Addition
-[ ] Correction
-[ ] Deprecation
-[ ] Cleanup (formatting, typos, etc.)
-
-### Area
-[ ] Installation instructions
-[ ] Configuration parameters
-[ ] Functionality/features
-[ ] REST API
-[ ] Administration/development
-[ ] Other
-
-<!-- Describe the proposed change(s). -->
-### Proposed Changes

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/documentation_change.yaml

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+---
+name: 📖 Documentation Change
+description: Suggest an addition or modification to the NetBox documentation
+labels: ["type: documentation"]
+body:
+  - type: dropdown
+    attributes:
+      label: Change Type
+      description: What type of change are you proposing?
+      options:
+        - Addition
+        - Correction
+        - Removal
+        - Cleanup (formatting, typos, etc.)
+    validations:
+      required: true
+  - type: dropdown
+    attributes:
+      label: Area
+      description: To what section of the documentation does this change primarily pertain?
+      options:
+        - Features
+        - Installation/upgrade
+        - Getting started
+        - Configuration
+        - Customization
+        - Integrations/API
+        - Plugins
+        - Administration
+        - Development
+        - Other
+    validations:
+      required: true
+  - type: textarea
+    attributes:
+      label: Proposed Changes
+      description: Describe the proposed changes and why they are necessary.
+    validations:
+      required: true

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/feature_request.md

@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
----
-name: ✨ Feature Request
-about: Propose a new NetBox feature or enhancement
-
----
-
-<!--
-    NOTE: IF YOUR ISSUE DOES NOT FOLLOW THIS TEMPLATE, IT WILL BE CLOSED.
-
-    This form is only for proposing specific new features or enhancements.
-    If you have a general idea or question, please post to our mailing list
-    instead of opening an issue:
-
-        https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/netbox-discuss
-
-    NOTE: Due to an excessive backlog of feature requests, we are not currently
-    accepting any proposals which significantly extend NetBox's feature scope.
-
-    Please describe the environment in which you are running NetBox. Be sure
-    that you are running an unmodified instance of the latest stable release
-    before submitting a bug report.
--->
-### Environment
-* Python version:  <!-- Example: 3.6.9 -->
-* NetBox version:  <!-- Example: 2.7.3 -->
-
-<!--
-    Describe in detail the new functionality you are proposing. Include any
-    specific changes to work flows, data models, or the user interface.
--->
-### Proposed Functionality
-
-
-<!--
-    Convey an example use case for your proposed feature. Write from the
-    perspective of a NetBox user who would benefit from the proposed
-    functionality and describe how.
---->
-### Use Case
-
-
-<!--
-    Note any changes to the database schema necessary to support the new
-    feature. For example, does the proposal require adding a new model or
-    field? (Not all new features require database changes.)
---->
-### Database Changes
-
-
-<!--
-    List any new dependencies on external libraries or services that this new
-    feature would introduce. For example, does the proposal require the
-    installation of a new Python package? (Not all new features introduce new
-    dependencies.)
--->
-### External Dependencies

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/feature_request.yaml

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+---
+name: ✨ Feature Request
+description: Propose a new NetBox feature or enhancement
+labels: ["type: feature"]
+body:
+  - type: markdown
+    attributes:
+      value: >
+        **NOTE:** This form is only for submitting well-formed proposals to extend or modify
+        NetBox in some way. If you're trying to solve a problem but can't figure out how, or if
+        you still need time to work on the details of a proposed new feature, please start a
+        [discussion](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/discussions) instead.
+  - type: input
+    attributes:
+      label: NetBox version
+      description: What version of NetBox are you currently running?
+      placeholder: v3.6.5
+    validations:
+      required: true
+  - type: dropdown
+    attributes:
+      label: Feature type
+      options:
+        - Data model extension
+        - New functionality
+        - Change to existing functionality
+    validations:
+      required: true
+  - type: textarea
+    attributes:
+      label: Proposed functionality
+      description: >
+        Describe in detail the new feature or behavior you are proposing. Include any specific changes
+        to work flows, data models, and/or the user interface. The more detail you provide here, the
+        greater chance your proposal has of being discussed. Feature requests which don't include an
+        actionable implementation plan will be rejected.
+    validations:
+      required: true
+  - type: textarea
+    attributes:
+      label: Use case
+      description: >
+        Explain how adding this functionality would benefit NetBox users. What need does it address?
+    validations:
+      required: true
+  - type: textarea
+    attributes:
+      label: Database changes
+      description: >
+        Note any changes to the database schema necessary to support the new feature. For example,
+        does the proposal require adding a new model or field? (Not all new features require database
+        changes.)
+  - type: textarea
+    attributes:
+      label: External dependencies
+      description: >
+        List any new dependencies on external libraries or services that this new feature would
+        introduce. For example, does the proposal require the installation of a new Python package?
+        (Not all new features introduce new dependencies.)

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/housekeeping.md

@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
----
-name: 🏡 Housekeeping
-about: A change pertaining to the codebase itself (developers only)
-
----
-
-<!--
-    NOTE: This template is for use by maintainers only. Please do not submit
-    an issue using this template unless you have been specifically asked to
-    do so.
--->
-### Proposed Changes
-
-
-<!-- Provide justification for the proposed change(s). -->
-### Justification

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/housekeeping.yaml

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+---
+name: 🏡 Housekeeping
+description: A change pertaining to the codebase itself (developers only)
+labels: ["type: housekeeping"]
+body:
+  - type: markdown
+    attributes:
+      value: >
+        **NOTE:** This template is for use by maintainers only. Please do not submit
+        an issue using this template unless you have been specifically asked to do so.
+  - type: textarea
+    attributes:
+      label: Proposed Changes
+      description: >
+        Describe in detail the new feature or behavior you'd like to propose.
+        Include any specific changes to work flows, data models, or the user interface.
+    validations:
+      required: true
+  - type: textarea
+    attributes:
+      label: Justification
+      description: Please provide justification for the proposed change(s).
+    validations:
+      required: true

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/translation.yaml

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+---
+name: 🌍 Translation
+description: Request support for a new language in the user interface
+labels: ["type: translation"]
+body:
+  - type: markdown
+    attributes:
+      value: >
+        **NOTE:** This template is used only for proposing the addition of *new* languages. Please do
+        not use it to request changes to existing translations.
+  - type: input
+    attributes:
+      label: Language
+      description: What is the name of the language in English?
+    validations:
+      required: true
+  - type: input
+    attributes:
+      label: ISO 639-1 code
+      description: >
+        What is the two-letter [ISO 639-1 code](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes)
+        assigned to the language?
+    validations:
+      required: true
+  - type: dropdown
+    attributes:
+      label: Volunteer
+      description: Are you a fluent speaker of this language **and** willing to contribute a translation map?
+      options:
+        - "Yes"
+        - "No"
+    validations:
+      required: true
+  - type: textarea
+    attributes:
+      label: Comments
+      description: Any other notes you would like to share

.github/PULL_REQUEST_TEMPLATE.md

@@ -1,15 +1,17 @@
 <!--
-    Thank you for your interest in contributing to NetBox! Please note
-    that our contribution policy requires that a feature request or bug
-    report be opened for approval prior to filing a pull request. This
-    helps avoid wasting time and effort on something that we might not
-    be able to accept.
+    Thank you for your interest in contributing to NetBox! Please note that
+    our contribution policy requires that a feature request or bug report be
+    approved and assigned prior to opening a pull request. This helps avoid
+    waste time and effort on a proposed change that we might not be able to
+    accept.
 
-    Please indicate the relevant feature request or bug report below.
-    IF YOUR PULL REQUEST DOES NOT REFERENCE AN ACCEPTED BUG REPORT OR
-    FEATURE REQUEST, IT WILL BE MARKED AS INVALID AND CLOSED.
+    IF YOUR PULL REQUEST DOES NOT REFERENCE AN ISSUE WHICH HAS BEEN ASSIGNED
+    TO YOU, IT WILL BE CLOSED AUTOMATICALLY.
+
+    Please specify your assigned issue number on the line below.
 -->
-### Fixes: <ISSUE NUMBER GOES HERE>
+### Fixes: #1234
+
 <!--
     Please include a summary of the proposed changes below.
 -->

.github/lock.yml

@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-# Configuration for Lock (https://github.com/apps/lock)
-
-# Number of days of inactivity before a closed issue or pull request is locked
-daysUntilLock: 90
-
-# Skip issues and pull requests created before a given timestamp. Timestamp must
-# follow ISO 8601 (`YYYY-MM-DD`). Set to `false` to disable
-skipCreatedBefore: false
-
-# Issues and pull requests with these labels will be ignored. Set to `[]` to disable
-exemptLabels: []
-
-# Label to add before locking, such as `outdated`. Set to `false` to disable
-lockLabel: false
-
-# Comment to post before locking. Set to `false` to disable
-lockComment: false
-
-# Assign `resolved` as the reason for locking. Set to `false` to disable
-setLockReason: true
-
-# Limit to only `issues` or `pulls`
-# only: issues

.github/stale.yml

@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-# Configuration for Stale (https://github.com/apps/stale)
-
-# Pull requests are exempt from being marked as stale
-only: issues
-
-# Number of days of inactivity before an issue becomes stale
-daysUntilStale: 45
-
-# Number of days of inactivity before a stale issue is closed
-daysUntilClose: 15
-
-# Issues with these labels will never be considered stale
-exemptLabels:
-  - "status: accepted"
-  - "status: blocked"
-  - "status: needs milestone"
-
-# Label to use when marking an issue as stale
-staleLabel: "pending closure"
-
-# Comment to post when marking an issue as stale. Set to `false` to disable
-markComment: >
-  This issue has been automatically marked as stale because it has not had
-  recent activity. It will be closed if no further activity occurs. NetBox
-  is governed by a small group of core maintainers which means not all opened
-  issues may receive direct feedback. Please see our [contributing guide](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/blob/develop/CONTRIBUTING.md).
-
-# Comment to post when closing a stale issue. Set to `false` to disable
-closeComment: >
-  This issue has been automatically closed due to lack of activity. In an
-  effort to reduce noise, please do not comment any further. Note that the
-  core maintainers may elect to reopen this issue at a later date if deemed
-  necessary.

.github/workflows/ci.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+name: CI
+on: [push, pull_request]
+permissions:
+  contents: read
+jobs:
+  build:
+    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+    env:
+      NETBOX_CONFIGURATION: netbox.configuration_testing
+    strategy:
+      matrix:
+        python-version: ['3.8', '3.9', '3.10', '3.11']
+        node-version: ['14.x']
+    services:
+      redis:
+        image: redis
+        ports:
+          - 6379:6379
+      postgres:
+        image: postgres
+        env:
+          POSTGRES_USER: netbox
+          POSTGRES_PASSWORD: netbox
+        options: >-
+          --health-cmd pg_isready
+          --health-interval 10s
+          --health-timeout 5s
+          --health-retries 5
+        ports:
+          - 5432:5432
+
+    steps:
+    - name: Check out repo
+      uses: actions/checkout@v4
+
+    - name: Set up Python ${{ matrix.python-version }}
+      uses: actions/setup-python@v4
+      with:
+        python-version: ${{ matrix.python-version }}
+
+    - name: Use Node.js ${{ matrix.node-version }}
+      uses: actions/setup-node@v3
+      with:
+        node-version: ${{ matrix.node-version }}
+    
+    - name: Install Yarn Package Manager
+      run: npm install -g yarn
+    
+    - name: Setup Node.js with Yarn Caching
+      uses: actions/setup-node@v3
+      with:
+        node-version: ${{ matrix.node-version }}
+        cache: yarn
+        cache-dependency-path: netbox/project-static/yarn.lock
+    
+    - name: Install Frontend Dependencies
+      run: yarn --cwd netbox/project-static
+
+    - name: Install dependencies & set up configuration
+      run: |
+        python -m pip install --upgrade pip
+        pip install -r requirements.txt
+        pip install pycodestyle coverage tblib
+
+    - name: Build documentation
+      run: mkdocs build
+
+    - name: Collect static files
+      run: python netbox/manage.py collectstatic --no-input
+
+    - name: Check PEP8 compliance
+      run: pycodestyle --ignore=W504,E501 --exclude=node_modules netbox/
+
+    - name: Check UI ESLint, TypeScript, and Prettier Compliance
+      run: yarn --cwd netbox/project-static validate
+    
+    - name: Validate Static Asset Integrity
+      run: scripts/verify-bundles.sh
+
+    - name: Run tests
+      run: coverage run --source="netbox/" netbox/manage.py test netbox/ --parallel
+
+    - name: Show coverage report
+      run: coverage report --skip-covered --omit *migrations*

.github/workflows/lock.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# lock-threads (https://github.com/marketplace/actions/lock-threads)
+name: 'Lock threads'
+
+on:
+  schedule:
+    - cron: '0 3 * * *'
+  workflow_dispatch:
+
+permissions:
+  issues: write
+  pull-requests: write
+
+jobs:
+  lock:
+    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+    steps:
+      - uses: dessant/lock-threads@v4
+        with:
+          issue-inactive-days: 90
+          pr-inactive-days: 30
+          issue-lock-reason: 'resolved'

.github/workflows/stale.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+# close-stale-issues (https://github.com/marketplace/actions/close-stale-issues)
+name: 'Close stale issues/PRs'
+
+on:
+  schedule:
+    - cron: '0 4 * * *'
+  workflow_dispatch:
+
+permissions:
+  issues: write
+  pull-requests: write
+
+jobs:
+  stale:
+
+    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+    steps:
+      - uses: actions/stale@v8
+        with:
+          close-issue-message: >
+            This issue has been automatically closed due to lack of activity. In an
+            effort to reduce noise, please do not comment any further. Note that the
+            core maintainers may elect to reopen this issue at a later date if deemed
+            necessary.
+          close-pr-message: >
+            This PR has been automatically closed due to lack of activity.
+          days-before-stale: 90
+          days-before-close: 30
+          exempt-issue-labels: 'status: accepted,status: blocked,status: needs milestone'
+          operations-per-run: 100
+          remove-stale-when-updated: false
+          stale-issue-label: 'pending closure'
+          stale-issue-message: >
+            This issue has been automatically marked as stale because it has not had
+            recent activity. It will be closed if no further activity occurs. NetBox
+            is governed by a small group of core maintainers which means not all opened
+            issues may receive direct feedback. **Do not** attempt to circumvent this
+            process by "bumping" the issue; doing so will result in its immediate closure
+            and you may be barred from participating in any future discussions. Please see
+            our [contributing guide](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/blob/develop/CONTRIBUTING.md).
+          stale-pr-label: 'pending closure'
+          stale-pr-message: >
+            This PR has been automatically marked as stale because it has not had
+            recent activity. It will be closed automatically if no further action is
+            taken.

.gitignore

@@ -1,7 +1,14 @@
 *.pyc
 *.swp
+npm-debug.log*
+yarn-debug.log*
+yarn-error.log*
+/netbox/project-static/node_modules
+/netbox/project-static/docs/*
+!/netbox/project-static/docs/.info
 /netbox/netbox/configuration.py
 /netbox/netbox/ldap_config.py
+/netbox/local/*
 /netbox/reports/*
 !/netbox/reports/__init__.py
 /netbox/scripts/*

.readthedocs.yaml

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+version: 2
+build:
+  os: ubuntu-20.04
+  tools:
+    python: "3.9"
+mkdocs:
+  configuration: mkdocs.yml
+python:
+   install:
+   - requirements: requirements.txt

.travis.yml

@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-sudo: required
-services:
-  - postgresql
-  - redis-server
-addons:
-  postgresql: "9.6"
-language: python
-python:
-  - "3.6"
-  - "3.7"
-install:
-  - pip install -r requirements.txt
-  - pip install pycodestyle
-  - pip install coverage
-before_script:
-  - psql --version
-  - psql -U postgres -c 'SELECT version();'
-script:
-  - ./scripts/cibuild.sh

CHANGELOG.md

@@ -1 +1 @@
-The changelog has been moved to the [project release notes](https://netbox.readthedocs.io/en/stable/release-notes/).
+The changelog has been moved to the [project release notes](https://docs.netbox.dev/en/stable/release-notes/).

CONTRIBUTING.md

@@ -1,171 +1,128 @@
-## Getting Help
+**Looking for help?** NetBox has a vast, active community of fellow users that may be able to provide assistance. Just [start a discussion](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/discussions/new) right here on GitHub! Or if you'd prefer to chat, join us live in the `#netbox` channel on the [NetDev Community Slack](https://netdev.chat/)!
 
-If you encounter any issues installing or using NetBox, try one of the
-following resources to get assistance. Please **do not** open a GitHub issue
-except to report bugs or request features.
+<div align="center">
+  <h3>
+    :bug: <a href="#bug-reporting-bugs">Report a bug</a> &middot;
+    :bulb: <a href="#bulb-feature-requests">Suggest a feature</a> &middot;
+    :arrow_heading_up: <a href="#arrow_heading_up-submitting-pull-requests">Submit a pull request</a>
+  </h3>
+  <h3>
+    :jigsaw: <a href="#jigsaw-creating-plugins">Create a plugin</a> &middot;
+    :rescue_worker_helmet: <a href="#rescue_worker_helmet-become-a-maintainer">Become a maintainer</a> &middot;
+    :heart: <a href="#heart-other-ways-to-contribute">Other ideas</a>
+  </h3>
+</div>
+<h3></h3>
 
-### Mailing List
+## :information_source: Welcome to the Stadium!
 
-We have established a Google Groups Mailing List for issues and general
-discussion. This is the best forum for obtaining assistance with NetBox
-installation. You can find us [here](https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/netbox-discuss).
+In her book [Working in Public](https://www.amazon.com/Working-Public-Making-Maintenance-Software/dp/0578675862), Nadia Eghbal defines four production models for open source projects, categorized by contributor and user growth: federations, clubs, toys, and stadiums. The NetBox project fits her definition of a stadium very well:
 
-### Slack
+> Stadiums are projects with low contributor growth and high user growth. While they may receive casual contributions, their regular contributor base does not grow proportionately to their users. As a result, they tend to be powered by one or a few developers.
 
-For real-time discussion, you can join the #netbox Slack channel on [NetworkToCode](https://slack.networktocode.com/).
+The bulk of NetBox's development is carried out by a handful of core maintainers, with occasional contributions from collaborators in the community. We find the stadium analogy very useful in conveying the roles and obligations of both contributors and users.
 
-## Reporting Bugs
+If you're a contributor, actively working on the center stage, you have an obligation to produce quality content that will benefit the project as a whole. Conversely, if you're in the audience consuming the work being produced, you have the option of making requests and suggestions, but must also recognize that contributors are under no obligation to act on them.
 
-* First, ensure that you're running the [latest stable version](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/releases)
-of NetBox. If you're running an older version, it's possible that the bug has
-already been fixed.
+NetBox users are welcome to participate in either role, on stage or in the crowd. We ask only that you acknowledge the role you've chosen and respect the roles of others.
 
-* Next, check the GitHub [issues list](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/issues)
-to see if the bug you've found has already been reported. If you think you may
-be experiencing a reported issue that hasn't already been resolved, please
-click "add a reaction" in the top right corner of the issue and add a thumbs
-up (+1). You might also want to add a comment describing how it's affecting your
-installation. This will allow us to prioritize bugs based on how many users are
-affected.
+### General Tips for Working on GitHub
 
-* When submitting an issue, please be as descriptive as possible. Be sure to
-provide all information request in the issue template, including:
+* Register for a free [GitHub account](https://github.com/signup) if you haven't already.
+* You can use [GitHub Markdown](https://docs.github.com/en/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax) for formatting text and adding images.
+* To help mitigate notification spam, please avoid "bumping" issues with no activity. (To vote an issue up or down, use a :thumbsup: or :thumbsdown: reaction.)
+* Please avoid pinging members with `@` unless they've previously expressed interest or involvement with that particular issue.
+* Familiarize yourself with [this list of discussion anti-patterns](https://github.com/bradfitz/issue-tracker-behaviors) and make every effort to avoid them.
 
-    * The environment in which NetBox is running
-    * The exact steps that can be taken to reproduce the issue
-    * Expected and observed behavior
-    * Any error messages generated
-    * Screenshots (if applicable)
+## :bug: Reporting Bugs
 
-* Please avoid prepending any sort of tag (e.g. "[Bug]") to the issue title.
-The issue will be reviewed by a maintainer after submission and the appropriate
-labels will be applied for categorization.
+* First, ensure that you're running the [latest stable version](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/releases) of NetBox. If you're running an older version, it's likely that the bug has already been fixed.
 
-* Keep in mind that we prioritize bugs based on their severity and how much
-work is required to resolve them. It may take some time for someone to address
-your issue.
+* Next, search our [issues list](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/issues?q=is%3Aissue) to see if the bug you've found has already been reported. If you come across a bug report that seems to match, please click "add a reaction" in the top right corner of the issue and add a thumbs up (:thumbsup:). This will help draw more attention to it. Any comments you can add to provide additional information or context would also be much appreciated.
+
+* If you can't find any existing issues (open or closed) that seem to match yours, you're welcome to [submit a new bug report](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/issues/new?label=type%3A+bug&template=bug_report.yaml). Be sure to complete the entire report template, including detailed steps that someone triaging your issue can follow to confirm the reported behavior. (If we're not able to replicate the bug based on the information provided, we'll ask for additional detail.)
+
+* Some other tips to keep in mind:
+  * Error messages and screenshots are especially helpful.
+  * Don't prepend your issue title with a label like `[Bug]`; the proper label will be assigned automatically.
+  * Ensure that your reproduction instructions don't reference data in our [demo instance](https://demo.netbox.dev/), which gets rebuilt nightly.
+  * Verify that you have GitHub notifications enabled and are subscribed to your issue after submitting.
+  * We appreciate your patience as bugs are prioritized by their severity, impact, and difficulty to resolve.
 
 * For more information on how bug reports are handled, please see our [issue
 intake policy](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/wiki/Issue-Intake-Policy).
 
-## Feature Requests
+## :bulb: Feature Requests
 
-* First, check the GitHub [issues list](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/issues)
-to see if the feature you're requesting is already listed. (Be sure to search
-closed issues as well, since some feature requests have been rejected.) If the
-feature you'd like to see has already been requested and is open, click "add a
-reaction" in the top right corner of the issue and add a thumbs up (+1). This
-ensures that the issue has a better chance of receiving attention. Also feel
-free to add a comment with any additional justification for the feature.
-(However, note that comments with no substance other than a "+1" will be
-deleted. Please use GitHub's reactions feature to indicate your support.)
+* First, check the GitHub [issues list](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/issues?q=is%3Aissue) to see if the feature you have in mind has already been proposed. If you happen to find an open feature request that matches your idea, click "add a reaction" in the top right corner of the issue and add a thumbs up (:thumbsup:). This ensures that the issue has a better chance of receiving attention. Also feel free to add a comment with any additional justification for the feature.
 
-* Due to a large backlog of feature requests, we are not currently accepting
-any proposals which substantially extend NetBox's functionality beyond its
-current feature set. This includes the introduction of any new views or models
-which have not already been proposed in an existing feature request.
+* If you have a rough idea that's not quite ready for formal submission yet, start a [GitHub discussion](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/discussions) instead. This is a great way to test the viability and narrow down the scope of a new feature prior to submitting a formal proposal, and can serve to generate interest in your idea from other community members.
 
-* Before filing a new feature request, consider raising your idea on the
-mailing list first. Feedback you receive there will help validate and shape the
-proposed feature before filing a formal issue.
+* Once you're ready, submit a feature request [using this template](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/issues/new?label=type%3A+feature&template=feature_request.yaml). Be sure to provide sufficient context and detail to convey exactly what you're proposing and why. The stronger your use case, the better chance your proposal has of being accepted.
 
-* Good feature requests are very narrowly defined. Be sure to thoroughly
-describe the functionality and data model(s) being proposed. The more effort
-you put into writing a feature request, the better its chance is of being
-implemented. Overly broad feature requests will be closed.
+* Some other tips to keep in mind:
+  * Don't prepend your issue title with a label like `[Feature]`; the proper label will be assigned automatically.
+  * Try to anticipate any likely questions about your proposal and provide that information proactively.
+  * Verify that you have GitHub notifications enabled and are subscribed to your issue after submitting.
+  * You're welcome to volunteer to implement your FR, but don't submit a pull request until it has been approved.
 
-* When submitting a feature request on GitHub, be sure to include all
-information requested by the issue template, including:
+* For more information on how feature requests are handled, please see our [issue intake policy](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/wiki/Issue-Intake-Policy).
 
-    * A detailed description of the proposed functionality
-    * A use case for the feature; who would use it and what value it would add
-      to NetBox
-    * A rough description of changes necessary to the database schema (if
-      applicable)
-    * Any third-party libraries or other resources which would be involved
+## :arrow_heading_up: Submitting Pull Requests
 
-* Please avoid prepending any sort of tag (e.g. "[Feature]") to the issue
-title. The issue will be reviewed by a moderator after submission and the
-appropriate labels will be applied for categorization.
+* [Pull requests](https://docs.github.com/en/pull-requests) (a feature of GitHub) are used to propose changes to NetBox's code base. Our process generally goes like this:
+  * A user opens a new issue (bug report or feature request)
+  * A maintainer triages the issue and may mark it as needing an owner
+  * The issue's author can volunteer to own it, or someone else can
+  * A maintainer assigns the issue to whomever volunteers
+  * The issue owner submits a pull request that will resolve the issue
+  * A maintainer reviews and merges the pull request, closing the issue
 
-* For more information on how feature requests are handled, please see our
-[issue intake policy](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/wiki/Issue-Intake-Policy).
+* It's very important that you not submit a pull request until a relevant issue has been opened **and** assigned to you. Otherwise, you risk wasting time on work that may ultimately not be needed.
 
-## Submitting Pull Requests
+* New pull requests should generally be based off of the `develop` branch, rather than `master`. The `develop` branch is used for ongoing development, while `master` is used for tracking stable releases. (If you're developing for an upcoming minor release, use `feature` instead.)
 
-* Be sure to open an issue **before** starting work on a pull request, and
-discuss your idea with the NetBox maintainers before beginning work. This will
-help prevent wasting time on something that might we might not be able to
-implement. When suggesting a new feature, also make sure it won't conflict with
-any work that's already in progress.
+* In most cases, it is not necessary to add a changelog entry: A maintainer will take care of this when the PR is merged. (This helps avoid merge conflicts resulting from multiple PRs being submitted simultaneously.)
 
-* Once you've opened or identified an issue you'd like to work on, ask that it
-be assigned to you so that others are aware it's being worked on. A maintainer
-will then mark the issue as "accepted."
-
-* Any pull request which does _not_ relate to an accepted issue will be closed.
-
-* All major new functionality must include relevant tests where applicable.
-
-* When submitting a pull request, please be sure to work off of the `develop`
-branch, rather than `master`. The `develop` branch is used for ongoing
-development, while `master` is used for tagging stable releases.
-
-* All code submissions should meet the following criteria (CI will enforce
-these checks):
-
-    * Python syntax is valid
-    * All tests pass when run with `./manage.py test`
-    * PEP 8 compliance is enforced, with the exception that lines may be
+* All code submissions should meet the following criteria (CI will enforce these checks):
+  * Python syntax is valid
+  * All tests pass when run with `./manage.py test`
+  * PEP 8 compliance is enforced, with the exception that lines may be
       greater than 80 characters in length
 
-## Commenting
+* Some other tips to keep in mind:
+  * If you'd like to volunteer for someone else's issue, please post a comment on that issue letting us know. (This will allow the maintainers to assign it to you.)
+  * Check out our [developer docs](https://docs.netbox.dev/en/stable/development/getting-started/) for tips on setting up your development environment.
+  * All new functionality must include relevant tests where applicable.
 
-Only comment on an issue if you are sharing a relevant idea or constructive
-feedback. **Do not** comment on an issue just to show your support (give the
-top post a :+1: instead) or ask for an ETA. These comments will be deleted to
-reduce noise in the discussion.
+## :jigsaw: Creating Plugins
 
-## Issue Lifecycle
+Do you have an idea for something you'd like to build in NetBox, but might not be right for the core project? NetBox includes a powerful and extensive [plugins framework](https://docs.netbox.dev/en/stable/plugins/) that enables users to develop their own custom data models and integrations.
 
-New issues are handled according to our [issue intake policy](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/wiki/Issue-Intake-Policy).
-Maintainers will assign label(s) and/or close new issues as the policy
-dictates. This helps ensure a productive development environment and avoid
-accumulating a large backlog of work.
+Check out our [plugin development tutorial](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox-plugin-tutorial) to get started!
 
-The core maintainers group has chosen to make use of GitHub's [Stale bot](https://github.com/apps/stale)
-to aid in issue management.
+## :rescue_worker_helmet: Become a Maintainer
 
-* Issues will be marked as stale after 45 days of no activity.
-* Then after 15 more days of inactivity, the issue will be closed.
-* Any issue bearing one of the following labels will be exempt from all Stale
-  bot actions:
-  * `status: accepted`
-  * `status: blocked`
-  * `status: needs milestone`
+We're always looking for motivated individuals to join the maintainers team and help drive NetBox's long-term development. Some of our most sought-after skills include:
 
-It is natural that some new issues get more attention than others. Stale bot
-helps bring renewed attention to potentially valuable issues that may have been
-overlooked.
+* Python development with a strong focus on the [Django](https://www.djangoproject.com/) framework
+* Expertise working with PostgreSQL databases
+* Javascript & TypeScript proficiency
+* A knack for web application design (HTML & CSS)
+* Familiarity with git and software development best practices
+* Excellent attention to detail
+* Working experience in the field of network operations & engineering
 
-## Maintainer Guidance
+We generally ask that maintainers dedicate around four hours of work to the project each week on average, which includes both hands-on development and project management tasks such as issue triage. Maintainers are also encouraged (but not required) to attend our bi-weekly Zoom call to catch up on recent items.
 
-* Maintainers are expected to contribute at least four hours per week to the
-  project on average. This can be employer-sponsored or individual time, with
-  the understanding that all contributions are submitted under the Apache 2.0
-  license and that your employer may not make claim to any contributions.
-  Contributions include code work, issue management, and community support. All
-  development must be in accordance with our [development guidance](https://netbox.readthedocs.io/en/stable/development/).
+Many maintainers petition their employer to grant some of their paid time to work on NetBox. In doing so, your employer becomes eligible to be featured as a [NetBox sponsor](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/wiki/Sponsorship).
 
-* Maintainers are expected to attend (where feasible) our biweekly ~30-minute
-  sync to review agenda items. This meeting provides opportunity to present and
-  discuss pressing topics. Meetings are held as virtual audio/video conferences.
+Interested? You can contact our lead maintainer, Jeremy Stretch, at jeremy@netbox.dev or on the [NetDev Community Slack](https://netdev.chat/). We'd love to have you on the team!
 
-* Official channels for communication include:
+## :heart: Other Ways to Contribute
 
-    * GitHub issues/pull requests
-    * The [netbox-discuss](https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/netbox-discuss) mailing list
-    * The **#netbox** channel on [NetworkToCode Slack](https://networktocode.slack.com/)
+You don't have to be a developer to contribute to NetBox: There are plenty of other ways you can add value to the community! Below are just a few examples:
 
-* Maintainers with no substantial recorded activity in a 60-day period will be
-  removed from the project.
+* Help answer questions and provide feedback in our [GitHub discussions](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/discussions) and on [Slack](https://netdev.chat/).
+* Write a blog article or record a YouTube video demonstrating how NetBox is used at your organization.
+* Help grow our [library of device & module type definitions](https://github.com/netbox-community/devicetype-library).

NOTICE

@@ -1 +1,7 @@
 Copyrighted and licensed under Apache License 2.0 by DigitalOcean, LLC.
+
+This project contains code developed expressly for NetBox, and its reuse in
+other projects may introduce issues affecting performance, data integrity,
+and security.
+
+For more information, please see https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox.

README.md

@@ -1,54 +1,86 @@
-![NetBox](docs/netbox_logo.svg "NetBox logo")
+<div align="center">
+  <img src="https://raw.githubusercontent.com/netbox-community/netbox/develop/docs/netbox_logo.svg" width="400" alt="NetBox logo" />
+  <p>The premier source of truth powering network automation</p>
+  <img src="https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/workflows/CI/badge.svg?branch=master" alt="CI status" />
+  <p></p>
+</div>
 
-NetBox is an IP address management (IPAM) and data center infrastructure
-management (DCIM) tool. Initially conceived by the network engineering team at
-[DigitalOcean](https://www.digitalocean.com/), NetBox was developed specifically
-to address the needs of network and infrastructure engineers. It is intended to
-function as a domain-specific source of truth for network operations.
+NetBox is the leading solution for modeling and documenting modern networks. By
+combining the traditional disciplines of IP address management (IPAM) and
+datacenter infrastructure management (DCIM) with powerful APIs and extensions,
+NetBox provides the ideal "source of truth" to power network automation.
+Available as open source software under the Apache 2.0 license, NetBox serves
+as the cornerstone for network automation in thousands of organizations.
 
-NetBox runs as a web application atop the [Django](https://www.djangoproject.com/)
-Python framework with a [PostgreSQL](http://www.postgresql.org/) database. For a
-complete list of requirements, see `requirements.txt`. The code is available [on GitHub](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox).
+* **Physical infrastructure:** Accurately model the physical world, from global regions down to individual racks of gear. Then connect everything - network, console, and power!
+* **Modern IPAM:** All the standard IPAM functionality you expect, plus VRF import/export tracking, VLAN management, and overlay support.
+* **Data circuits:** Confidently manage the delivery of critical circuits from various service providers, modeled seamlessly alongside your own infrastructure.
+* **Power tracking:** Map the distribution of power from upstream sources to individual feeds and outlets.
+* **Organization:** Manage tenant and contact assignments natively.
+* **Powerful search:** Easily find anything you need using a single global search function.
+* **Comprehensive logging:** Leverage both automatic change logging and user-submitted journal entries to track your network's growth over time.
+* **Endless customization:** Custom fields, custom links, tags, export templates, custom validation, reports, scripts, and more!
+* **Flexible permissions:** An advanced permissions systems enables very flexible delegation of permissions.
+* **Integrations:** Easily connect NetBox to your other tooling via its REST & GraphQL APIs.
+* **Plugins:** Not finding what you need in the core application? Try one of many community plugins - or build your own!
 
-The complete documentation for NetBox can be found at [Read the Docs](http://netbox.readthedocs.io/en/stable/).
+![Screenshot of NetBox UI](docs/media/screenshots/netbox-ui.png "NetBox UI")
 
-Questions? Comments? Please subscribe to [the netbox-discuss mailing list](https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/netbox-discuss),
-or join us in the #netbox Slack channel on [NetworkToCode](https://networktocode.slack.com/)!
+## Getting Started
 
-### Build Status
+<div align="center">
 
-|             | status |
-|-------------|------------|
-| **master** | [![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/netbox-community/netbox.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.com/netbox-community/netbox/) |
-| **develop** | [![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/netbox-community/netbox.svg?branch=develop)](https://travis-ci.com/netbox-community/netbox/) |
+  [![NetBox logo](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/wiki/netbox-community/netbox/images/deploy/deploy1.png)](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox)
+  &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+  [![Docker logo](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/wiki/netbox-community/netbox/images/deploy/deploy2.png)](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox-docker)
+  &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+  [![NetBox Labs logo](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/wiki/netbox-community/netbox/images/deploy/deploy3.png)](https://netboxlabs.com/netbox-cloud/)
 
-### Screenshots
+</div>
 
-![Screenshot of main page](docs/media/screenshot1.png "Main page")
+* Just want to explore? Check out [our public demo](https://demo.netbox.dev/) right now!
+* The [official documentation](https://docs.netbox.dev) offers a comprehensive introduction.
+* Check out [our wiki](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/wiki/Community-Contributions) for even more projects to get the most out of NetBox!
 
----
+## Get Involved
 
-![Screenshot of rack elevation](docs/media/screenshot2.png "Rack elevation")
+* Follow [@NetBoxOfficial](https://twitter.com/NetBoxOfficial) on Twitter!
+* Join the conversation on [the discussion forum](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/discussions) and [Slack](https://netdev.chat/)!
+* Already a power user? You can [suggest a feature](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/issues/new?assignees=&labels=type%3A+feature&template=feature_request.yaml) or [report a bug](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/issues/new?assignees=&labels=type%3A+bug&template=bug_report.yaml) on GitHub.
+* Contributions from the community are encouraged and appreciated! Check out our [contributing guide](CONTRIBUTING.md) to get started.
 
----
+## Project Stats
 
-![Screenshot of prefix hierarchy](docs/media/screenshot3.png "Prefix hierarchy")
+<div align="center">
+  <a href="https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/commits"><img src="https://images.repography.com/29023055/netbox-community/netbox/recent-activity/whQtEr_TGD9PhW1BPlhlEQ5jnrgQ0KJpm-LlGtpoGO0/3Kx_iWUSBRJ5-AI4QwJEJWrUDEz3KrX2lvh8aYE0WXY_timeline.svg" alt="Timeline graph"></a>
+  <a href="https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/issues"><img src="https://images.repography.com/29023055/netbox-community/netbox/recent-activity/whQtEr_TGD9PhW1BPlhlEQ5jnrgQ0KJpm-LlGtpoGO0/3Kx_iWUSBRJ5-AI4QwJEJWrUDEz3KrX2lvh8aYE0WXY_issues.svg" alt="Issues graph"></a>
+  <a href="https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/pulls"><img src="https://images.repography.com/29023055/netbox-community/netbox/recent-activity/whQtEr_TGD9PhW1BPlhlEQ5jnrgQ0KJpm-LlGtpoGO0/3Kx_iWUSBRJ5-AI4QwJEJWrUDEz3KrX2lvh8aYE0WXY_prs.svg" alt="Pull requests graph"></a>
+  <a href="https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/graphs/contributors"><img src="https://images.repography.com/29023055/netbox-community/netbox/recent-activity/whQtEr_TGD9PhW1BPlhlEQ5jnrgQ0KJpm-LlGtpoGO0/3Kx_iWUSBRJ5-AI4QwJEJWrUDEz3KrX2lvh8aYE0WXY_users.svg" alt="Top contributors"></a>
+  <br />Stats via <a href="https://repography.com">Repography</a>
+</div>
 
-## Installation
+## Sponsors
 
-Please see [the documentation](http://netbox.readthedocs.io/en/stable/) for
-instructions on installing NetBox. To upgrade NetBox, please download the [latest release](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/releases)
-and run `upgrade.sh`.
+<div align="center">
 
-## Providing Feedback
+  [![NetBox Labs](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/wiki/netbox-community/netbox/images/sponsors/netbox_labs.png)](https://netboxlabs.com)
+  &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+  [![DigitalOcean](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/wiki/netbox-community/netbox/images/sponsors/digitalocean.png)](https://try.digitalocean.com/developer-cloud)
+  &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+  [![Sentry](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/wiki/netbox-community/netbox/images/sponsors/sentry.png)](https://sentry.io)
+  <br />
+  [![Equinix Metal](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/wiki/netbox-community/netbox/images/sponsors/equinix.png)](https://metal.equinix.com)
+  &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+  [![OneMind Services](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/wiki/netbox-community/netbox/images/sponsors/onemind_services.png)](https://onemindservices.com)
 
-Feature requests and bug reports must be submitted as GiHub issues. (Please be
-sure to use the [appropriate template](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/issues/new/choose).)
-For general discussion, please consider joining our [mailing list](https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/netbox-discuss).
+</div>
 
-If you are interested in contributing to the development of NetBox, please read
-our [contributing guide](CONTRIBUTING.md) prior to beginning any work.
+## Screenshots
 
-## Related projects
+![Screenshot of main page (dark mode)](docs/media/screenshots/home-dark.png "Main page (dark mode)")
 
-Please see [our wiki](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/wiki/Community-Contributions) for a list of relevant community projects.
+![Screenshot of rack elevation](docs/media/screenshots/rack.png "Rack elevation")
+
+![Screenshot of prefixes hierarchy](docs/media/screenshots/prefixes-list.png "Prefixes hierarchy")
+
+![Screenshot of cable trace](docs/media/screenshots/cable-trace.png "Cable tracing")

SECURITY.md

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# Security Policy
+
+## No Warranty
+
+Per the terms of the Apache 2 license, NetBox is offered "as is" and without any guarantee or warranty pertaining to its operation. While every reasonable effort is made by its maintainers to ensure the product remains free of security vulnerabilities, users are ultimately responsible for conducting their own evaluations of each software release.
+
+## Recommendations
+
+Administrators are encouraged to adhere to industry best practices concerning the secure operation of software, such as:
+
+* Do not expose your NetBox installation to the public Internet
+* Do not permit multiple users to share an account
+* Enforce minimum password complexity requirements for local accounts
+* Prohibit access to your database from clients other than the NetBox application
+* Keep your deployment updated to the most recent stable release
+
+## Reporting a Suspected Vulnerability
+
+If you believe you've uncovered a security vulnerability and wish to report it confidentially, you may do so via email. Please note that any reported vulnerabilities **MUST** meet all the following conditions:
+
+* Affects the most recent stable release of NetBox, or a current beta release
+* Affects a NetBox instance installed and configured per the official documentation
+* Is reproducible following a prescribed set of instructions
+
+Please note that we **DO NOT** accept reports generated by automated tooling which merely suggest that a file or file(s) _may_ be vulnerable under certain conditions, as these are most often innocuous.
+
+If you believe that you've found a vulnerability which meets all of these conditions, please [submit a draft security advisory](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/security/advisories/new) on GitHub, or email a brief description of the suspected bug and instructions for reproduction to **security@netbox.dev**. For any security concerns regarding NetBox deployed via Docker, please see the [netbox-docker](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox-docker) project.
+
+### Bug Bounties
+
+As NetBox is provided as free open source software, we do not offer any monetary compensation for vulnerability or bug reports, however your contributions are greatly appreciated.

base_requirements.txt

@@ -1,95 +1,151 @@
-# The Python web framework on which NetBox is built
-# https://github.com/django/django
-Django
+# HTML sanitizer
+# https://github.com/mozilla/bleach/blob/main/CHANGES
+bleach
 
-# Django caching using Redis
-# https://github.com/Suor/django-cacheops
-django-cacheops
+# The Python web framework on which NetBox is built
+# https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/releases/
+Django<5.0
 
 # Django middleware which permits cross-domain API requests
-# https://github.com/OttoYiu/django-cors-headers
+# https://github.com/adamchainz/django-cors-headers/blob/main/CHANGELOG.rst
 django-cors-headers
 
 # Runtime UI tool for debugging Django
-# https://github.com/jazzband/django-debug-toolbar
+# https://github.com/jazzband/django-debug-toolbar/blob/main/docs/changes.rst
 django-debug-toolbar
 
 # Library for writing reusable URL query filters
-# https://github.com/carltongibson/django-filter
+# https://github.com/carltongibson/django-filter/blob/main/CHANGES.rst
 django-filter
 
+# Django debug toolbar extension with support for GraphiQL
+# https://github.com/flavors/django-graphiql-debug-toolbar/blob/main/CHANGES.rst
+django-graphiql-debug-toolbar
+
 # Modified Preorder Tree Traversal (recursive nesting of objects)
-# https://github.com/django-mptt/django-mptt
-django-mptt
+# Pinned to 0.14.0; 0.15.0 requires Python 3.9+
+# https://github.com/django-mptt/django-mptt/blob/main/CHANGELOG.rst
+django-mptt==0.14.0
 
 # Context managers for PostgreSQL advisory locks
-# https://github.com/Xof/django-pglocks
+# https://github.com/Xof/django-pglocks/blob/master/CHANGES.txt
 django-pglocks
 
 # Prometheus metrics library for Django
-# https://github.com/korfuri/django-prometheus
+# https://github.com/korfuri/django-prometheus/blob/master/CHANGELOG.md
 django-prometheus
 
+# Django caching backend using Redis
+# https://github.com/jazzband/django-redis/blob/master/CHANGELOG.rst
+django-redis
+
+# Django extensions for Rich (terminal text rendering)
+# https://github.com/adamchainz/django-rich/blob/main/CHANGELOG.rst
+django-rich
+
 # Django integration for RQ (Reqis queuing)
-# https://github.com/rq/django-rq
+# https://github.com/rq/django-rq/blob/master/CHANGELOG.md
 django-rq
 
 # Abstraction models for rendering and paginating HTML tables
-# https://github.com/jieter/django-tables2
+# https://github.com/jieter/django-tables2/blob/master/CHANGELOG.md
 django-tables2
 
 # User-defined tags for objects
-# https://github.com/alex/django-taggit
-django-taggit
+# https://github.com/jazzband/django-taggit/blob/master/CHANGELOG.rst
+# TODO: Upgrade to v5.0 for NetBox v3.7 beta
+django-taggit<5.0
 
 # A Django field for representing time zones
 # https://github.com/mfogel/django-timezone-field/
 django-timezone-field
 
 # A REST API framework for Django projects
-# https://github.com/encode/django-rest-framework
+# https://www.django-rest-framework.org/community/release-notes/
 djangorestframework
 
-# Swagger/OpenAPI schema generation for REST APIs
-# https://github.com/axnsan12/drf-yasg
-drf-yasg[validation]
+# Sane and flexible OpenAPI 3 schema generation for Django REST framework.
+# https://github.com/tfranzel/drf-spectacular/blob/master/CHANGELOG.rst
+drf-spectacular
+
+# Serve self-contained distribution builds of Swagger UI and Redoc with Django.
+# https://github.com/tfranzel/drf-spectacular-sidecar
+drf-spectacular-sidecar
+
+# RSS feed parser
+# https://github.com/kurtmckee/feedparser/blob/develop/CHANGELOG.rst
+feedparser
+
+# Django wrapper for Graphene (GraphQL support)
+# https://github.com/graphql-python/graphene-django/releases
+# Pinned to v3.0.0 for GraphiQL UI issue (see #12762)
+graphene_django==3.0.0
 
 # WSGI HTTP server
-# https://gunicorn.org/
+# https://docs.gunicorn.org/en/latest/news.html
 gunicorn
 
 # Platform-agnostic template rendering engine
-# https://github.com/pallets/jinja
+# https://jinja.palletsprojects.com/changes/
 Jinja2
 
 # Simple markup language for rendering HTML
-# https://github.com/Python-Markdown/markdown
-Markdown
+# https://python-markdown.github.io/change_log/
+# mkdocs currently requires Markdown v3.3
+Markdown<3.4
+
+# File inclusion plugin for Python-Markdown
+# https://github.com/cmacmackin/markdown-include
+markdown-include
+
+# MkDocs Material theme (for documentation build)
+# https://squidfunk.github.io/mkdocs-material/changelog/
+mkdocs-material
+
+# Introspection for embedded code
+# https://github.com/mkdocstrings/mkdocstrings/blob/master/CHANGELOG.md
+mkdocstrings[python-legacy]
 
 # Library for manipulating IP prefixes and addresses
-# https://github.com/drkjam/netaddr
+# https://github.com/netaddr/netaddr/blob/master/CHANGELOG
 netaddr
 
 # Fork of PIL (Python Imaging Library) for image processing
-# https://github.com/python-pillow/Pillow
+# https://github.com/python-pillow/Pillow/blob/main/CHANGES.rst
 Pillow
 
 # PostgreSQL database adapter for Python
-# https://github.com/psycopg/psycopg2
-psycopg2-binary
-
-# Extensive cryptographic library (fork of pycrypto)
-# https://github.com/Legrandin/pycryptodome
-pycryptodome
+# https://github.com/psycopg/psycopg/blob/master/docs/news.rst
+psycopg[binary,pool]
 
 # YAML rendering library
-# https://github.com/yaml/pyyaml
+# https://github.com/yaml/pyyaml/blob/master/CHANGES
 PyYAML
 
-# In-memory key/value store used for caching and queuing
-# https://github.com/andymccurdy/redis-py
-redis
+# Requests
+# https://github.com/psf/requests/blob/main/HISTORY.md
+requests
+
+# Sentry SDK
+# https://github.com/getsentry/sentry-python/blob/master/CHANGELOG.md
+sentry-sdk
+
+# Social authentication framework
+# https://github.com/python-social-auth/social-core/blob/master/CHANGELOG.md
+social-auth-core
+
+# Django app for social-auth-core
+# https://github.com/python-social-auth/social-app-django/blob/master/CHANGELOG.md
+social-auth-app-django
 
 # SVG image rendering (used for rack elevations)
-# https://github.com/mozman/svgwrite
+# hhttps://github.com/mozman/svgwrite/blob/master/NEWS.rst
 svgwrite
+
+# Tabular dataset library (for table-based exports)
+# https://github.com/jazzband/tablib/blob/master/HISTORY.md
+tablib
+
+# Timezone data (required by django-timezone-field on Python 3.9+)
+# https://github.com/python/tzdata/blob/master/NEWS.md
+tzdata

contrib/apache.conf

@@ -1,3 +1,12 @@
+<VirtualHost *:80>
+    # CHANGE THIS TO YOUR SERVER'S NAME
+    ServerName netbox.example.com
+
+    RewriteEngine On
+    RewriteCond %{HTTPS} !=on
+    RewriteRule ^/?(.*) https://%{SERVER_NAME}/$1 [R,L]
+</VirtualHost>
+
 <VirtualHost *:443>
     ProxyPreserveHost On
 

contrib/generated_schema.json

@@ -0,0 +1,564 @@
+{
+    "type": "object",
+    "additionalProperties": false,
+    "definitions": {
+        "airflow": {
+            "type": "string",
+            "enum": [
+                "front-to-rear",
+                "rear-to-front",
+                "left-to-right",
+                "right-to-left",
+                "side-to-rear",
+                "passive",
+                "mixed"
+            ]
+        },
+        "weight-unit": {
+            "type": "string",
+            "enum": [
+                "kg",
+                "g",
+                "lb",
+                "oz"
+            ]
+        },
+        "subdevice-role": {
+            "type": "string",
+            "enum": [
+                "parent",
+                "child"
+            ]
+        },
+        "console-port": {
+            "type": "object",
+            "properties": {
+                "type": {
+                    "type": "string",
+                    "enum": [
+                        "de-9",
+                        "db-25",
+                        "rj-11",
+                        "rj-12",
+                        "rj-45",
+                        "mini-din-8",
+                        "usb-a",
+                        "usb-b",
+                        "usb-c",
+                        "usb-mini-a",
+                        "usb-mini-b",
+                        "usb-micro-a",
+                        "usb-micro-b",
+                        "usb-micro-ab",
+                        "other"
+                    ]
+                }
+            }
+        },
+        "console-server-port": {
+            "type": "object",
+            "properties": {
+                "type": {
+                    "type": "string",
+                    "enum": [
+                        "de-9",
+                        "db-25",
+                        "rj-11",
+                        "rj-12",
+                        "rj-45",
+                        "mini-din-8",
+                        "usb-a",
+                        "usb-b",
+                        "usb-c",
+                        "usb-mini-a",
+                        "usb-mini-b",
+                        "usb-micro-a",
+                        "usb-micro-b",
+                        "usb-micro-ab",
+                        "other"
+                    ]
+                }
+            }
+        },
+        "power-port": {
+            "type": "object",
+            "properties": {
+                "type": {
+                    "type": "string",
+                    "enum": [
+                        "iec-60320-c6",
+                        "iec-60320-c8",
+                        "iec-60320-c14",
+                        "iec-60320-c16",
+                        "iec-60320-c20",
+                        "iec-60320-c22",
+                        "iec-60309-p-n-e-4h",
+                        "iec-60309-p-n-e-6h",
+                        "iec-60309-p-n-e-9h",
+                        "iec-60309-2p-e-4h",
+                        "iec-60309-2p-e-6h",
+                        "iec-60309-2p-e-9h",
+                        "iec-60309-3p-e-4h",
+                        "iec-60309-3p-e-6h",
+                        "iec-60309-3p-e-9h",
+                        "iec-60309-3p-n-e-4h",
+                        "iec-60309-3p-n-e-6h",
+                        "iec-60309-3p-n-e-9h",
+                        "iec-60906-1",
+                        "nbr-14136-10a",
+                        "nbr-14136-20a",
+                        "nema-1-15p",
+                        "nema-5-15p",
+                        "nema-5-20p",
+                        "nema-5-30p",
+                        "nema-5-50p",
+                        "nema-6-15p",
+                        "nema-6-20p",
+                        "nema-6-30p",
+                        "nema-6-50p",
+                        "nema-10-30p",
+                        "nema-10-50p",
+                        "nema-14-20p",
+                        "nema-14-30p",
+                        "nema-14-50p",
+                        "nema-14-60p",
+                        "nema-15-15p",
+                        "nema-15-20p",
+                        "nema-15-30p",
+                        "nema-15-50p",
+                        "nema-15-60p",
+                        "nema-l1-15p",
+                        "nema-l5-15p",
+                        "nema-l5-20p",
+                        "nema-l5-30p",
+                        "nema-l5-50p",
+                        "nema-l6-15p",
+                        "nema-l6-20p",
+                        "nema-l6-30p",
+                        "nema-l6-50p",
+                        "nema-l10-30p",
+                        "nema-l14-20p",
+                        "nema-l14-30p",
+                        "nema-l14-50p",
+                        "nema-l14-60p",
+                        "nema-l15-20p",
+                        "nema-l15-30p",
+                        "nema-l15-50p",
+                        "nema-l15-60p",
+                        "nema-l21-20p",
+                        "nema-l21-30p",
+                        "nema-l22-30p",
+                        "cs6361c",
+                        "cs6365c",
+                        "cs8165c",
+                        "cs8265c",
+                        "cs8365c",
+                        "cs8465c",
+                        "ita-c",
+                        "ita-e",
+                        "ita-f",
+                        "ita-ef",
+                        "ita-g",
+                        "ita-h",
+                        "ita-i",
+                        "ita-j",
+                        "ita-k",
+                        "ita-l",
+                        "ita-m",
+                        "ita-n",
+                        "ita-o",
+                        "usb-a",
+                        "usb-b",
+                        "usb-c",
+                        "usb-mini-a",
+                        "usb-mini-b",
+                        "usb-micro-a",
+                        "usb-micro-b",
+                        "usb-micro-ab",
+                        "usb-3-b",
+                        "usb-3-micro-b",
+                        "dc-terminal",
+                        "saf-d-grid",
+                        "neutrik-powercon-20",
+                        "neutrik-powercon-32",
+                        "neutrik-powercon-true1",
+                        "neutrik-powercon-true1-top",
+                        "ubiquiti-smartpower",
+                        "hardwired",
+                        "other"
+                    ]
+                }
+            }
+        },
+        "power-outlet": {
+            "type": "object",
+            "properties": {
+                "type": {
+                    "type": "string",
+                    "enum": [
+                        "iec-60320-c5",
+                        "iec-60320-c7",
+                        "iec-60320-c13",
+                        "iec-60320-c15",
+                        "iec-60320-c19",
+                        "iec-60320-c21",
+                        "iec-60309-p-n-e-4h",
+                        "iec-60309-p-n-e-6h",
+                        "iec-60309-p-n-e-9h",
+                        "iec-60309-2p-e-4h",
+                        "iec-60309-2p-e-6h",
+                        "iec-60309-2p-e-9h",
+                        "iec-60309-3p-e-4h",
+                        "iec-60309-3p-e-6h",
+                        "iec-60309-3p-e-9h",
+                        "iec-60309-3p-n-e-4h",
+                        "iec-60309-3p-n-e-6h",
+                        "iec-60309-3p-n-e-9h",
+                        "iec-60906-1",
+                        "nbr-14136-10a",
+                        "nbr-14136-20a",
+                        "nema-1-15r",
+                        "nema-5-15r",
+                        "nema-5-20r",
+                        "nema-5-30r",
+                        "nema-5-50r",
+                        "nema-6-15r",
+                        "nema-6-20r",
+                        "nema-6-30r",
+                        "nema-6-50r",
+                        "nema-10-30r",
+                        "nema-10-50r",
+                        "nema-14-20r",
+                        "nema-14-30r",
+                        "nema-14-50r",
+                        "nema-14-60r",
+                        "nema-15-15r",
+                        "nema-15-20r",
+                        "nema-15-30r",
+                        "nema-15-50r",
+                        "nema-15-60r",
+                        "nema-l1-15r",
+                        "nema-l5-15r",
+                        "nema-l5-20r",
+                        "nema-l5-30r",
+                        "nema-l5-50r",
+                        "nema-l6-15r",
+                        "nema-l6-20r",
+                        "nema-l6-30r",
+                        "nema-l6-50r",
+                        "nema-l10-30r",
+                        "nema-l14-20r",
+                        "nema-l14-30r",
+                        "nema-l14-50r",
+                        "nema-l14-60r",
+                        "nema-l15-20r",
+                        "nema-l15-30r",
+                        "nema-l15-50r",
+                        "nema-l15-60r",
+                        "nema-l21-20r",
+                        "nema-l21-30r",
+                        "nema-l22-30r",
+                        "CS6360C",
+                        "CS6364C",
+                        "CS8164C",
+                        "CS8264C",
+                        "CS8364C",
+                        "CS8464C",
+                        "ita-e",
+                        "ita-f",
+                        "ita-g",
+                        "ita-h",
+                        "ita-i",
+                        "ita-j",
+                        "ita-k",
+                        "ita-l",
+                        "ita-m",
+                        "ita-n",
+                        "ita-o",
+                        "ita-multistandard",
+                        "usb-a",
+                        "usb-micro-b",
+                        "usb-c",
+                        "dc-terminal",
+                        "hdot-cx",
+                        "saf-d-grid",
+                        "neutrik-powercon-20a",
+                        "neutrik-powercon-32a",
+                        "neutrik-powercon-true1",
+                        "neutrik-powercon-true1-top",
+                        "ubiquiti-smartpower",
+                        "hardwired",
+                        "other"
+                    ]
+                },
+                "feed-leg": {
+                    "type": "string",
+                    "enum": [
+                        "A",
+                        "B",
+                        "C"
+                    ]
+                }
+            }
+        },
+        "interface": {
+            "type": "object",
+            "properties": {
+                "type": {
+                    "type": "string",
+                    "enum": [
+                        "virtual",
+                        "bridge",
+                        "lag",
+                        "100base-fx",
+                        "100base-lfx",
+                        "100base-tx",
+                        "100base-t1",
+                        "1000base-t",
+                        "2.5gbase-t",
+                        "5gbase-t",
+                        "10gbase-t",
+                        "10gbase-cx4",
+                        "1000base-x-gbic",
+                        "1000base-x-sfp",
+                        "10gbase-x-sfpp",
+                        "10gbase-x-xfp",
+                        "10gbase-x-xenpak",
+                        "10gbase-x-x2",
+                        "25gbase-x-sfp28",
+                        "50gbase-x-sfp56",
+                        "40gbase-x-qsfpp",
+                        "50gbase-x-sfp28",
+                        "100gbase-x-cfp",
+                        "100gbase-x-cfp2",
+                        "200gbase-x-cfp2",
+                        "400gbase-x-cfp2",
+                        "100gbase-x-cfp4",
+                        "100gbase-x-cxp",
+                        "100gbase-x-cpak",
+                        "100gbase-x-dsfp",
+                        "100gbase-x-sfpdd",
+                        "100gbase-x-qsfp28",
+                        "100gbase-x-qsfpdd",
+                        "200gbase-x-qsfp56",
+                        "200gbase-x-qsfpdd",
+                        "400gbase-x-qsfp112",
+                        "400gbase-x-qsfpdd",
+                        "400gbase-x-osfp",
+                        "400gbase-x-osfp-rhs",
+                        "400gbase-x-cdfp",
+                        "400gbase-x-cfp8",
+                        "800gbase-x-qsfpdd",
+                        "800gbase-x-osfp",
+                        "1000base-kx",
+                        "10gbase-kr",
+                        "10gbase-kx4",
+                        "25gbase-kr",
+                        "40gbase-kr4",
+                        "50gbase-kr",
+                        "100gbase-kp4",
+                        "100gbase-kr2",
+                        "100gbase-kr4",
+                        "ieee802.11a",
+                        "ieee802.11g",
+                        "ieee802.11n",
+                        "ieee802.11ac",
+                        "ieee802.11ad",
+                        "ieee802.11ax",
+                        "ieee802.11ay",
+                        "ieee802.15.1",
+                        "other-wireless",
+                        "gsm",
+                        "cdma",
+                        "lte",
+                        "sonet-oc3",
+                        "sonet-oc12",
+                        "sonet-oc48",
+                        "sonet-oc192",
+                        "sonet-oc768",
+                        "sonet-oc1920",
+                        "sonet-oc3840",
+                        "1gfc-sfp",
+                        "2gfc-sfp",
+                        "4gfc-sfp",
+                        "8gfc-sfpp",
+                        "16gfc-sfpp",
+                        "32gfc-sfp28",
+                        "64gfc-qsfpp",
+                        "128gfc-qsfp28",
+                        "infiniband-sdr",
+                        "infiniband-ddr",
+                        "infiniband-qdr",
+                        "infiniband-fdr10",
+                        "infiniband-fdr",
+                        "infiniband-edr",
+                        "infiniband-hdr",
+                        "infiniband-ndr",
+                        "infiniband-xdr",
+                        "t1",
+                        "e1",
+                        "t3",
+                        "e3",
+                        "xdsl",
+                        "docsis",
+                        "gpon",
+                        "xg-pon",
+                        "xgs-pon",
+                        "ng-pon2",
+                        "epon",
+                        "10g-epon",
+                        "cisco-stackwise",
+                        "cisco-stackwise-plus",
+                        "cisco-flexstack",
+                        "cisco-flexstack-plus",
+                        "cisco-stackwise-80",
+                        "cisco-stackwise-160",
+                        "cisco-stackwise-320",
+                        "cisco-stackwise-480",
+                        "cisco-stackwise-1t",
+                        "juniper-vcp",
+                        "extreme-summitstack",
+                        "extreme-summitstack-128",
+                        "extreme-summitstack-256",
+                        "extreme-summitstack-512",
+                        "other"
+                    ]
+                },
+                "poe_mode": {
+                    "type": "string",
+                    "enum": [
+                        "pd",
+                        "pse"
+                    ]
+                },
+                "poe_type": {
+                    "type": "string",
+                    "enum": [
+                        "type1-ieee802.3af",
+                        "type2-ieee802.3at",
+                        "type3-ieee802.3bt",
+                        "type4-ieee802.3bt",
+                        "passive-24v-2pair",
+                        "passive-24v-4pair",
+                        "passive-48v-2pair",
+                        "passive-48v-4pair"
+                    ]
+                }
+            }
+        },
+        "front-port": {
+            "type": "object",
+            "properties": {
+                "type": {
+                    "type": "string",
+                    "enum": [
+                        "8p8c",
+                        "8p6c",
+                        "8p4c",
+                        "8p2c",
+                        "6p6c",
+                        "6p4c",
+                        "6p2c",
+                        "4p4c",
+                        "4p2c",
+                        "gg45",
+                        "tera-4p",
+                        "tera-2p",
+                        "tera-1p",
+                        "110-punch",
+                        "bnc",
+                        "f",
+                        "n",
+                        "mrj21",
+                        "fc",
+                        "lc",
+                        "lc-pc",
+                        "lc-upc",
+                        "lc-apc",
+                        "lsh",
+                        "lsh-pc",
+                        "lsh-upc",
+                        "lsh-apc",
+                        "lx5",
+                        "lx5-pc",
+                        "lx5-upc",
+                        "lx5-apc",
+                        "mpo",
+                        "mtrj",
+                        "sc",
+                        "sc-pc",
+                        "sc-upc",
+                        "sc-apc",
+                        "st",
+                        "cs",
+                        "sn",
+                        "sma-905",
+                        "sma-906",
+                        "urm-p2",
+                        "urm-p4",
+                        "urm-p8",
+                        "splice",
+                        "other"
+                    ]
+                }
+            }
+        },
+        "rear-port": {
+            "type": "object",
+            "properties": {
+                "type": {
+                    "type": "string",
+                    "enum": [
+                        "8p8c",
+                        "8p6c",
+                        "8p4c",
+                        "8p2c",
+                        "6p6c",
+                        "6p4c",
+                        "6p2c",
+                        "4p4c",
+                        "4p2c",
+                        "gg45",
+                        "tera-4p",
+                        "tera-2p",
+                        "tera-1p",
+                        "110-punch",
+                        "bnc",
+                        "f",
+                        "n",
+                        "mrj21",
+                        "fc",
+                        "lc",
+                        "lc-pc",
+                        "lc-upc",
+                        "lc-apc",
+                        "lsh",
+                        "lsh-pc",
+                        "lsh-upc",
+                        "lsh-apc",
+                        "lx5",
+                        "lx5-pc",
+                        "lx5-upc",
+                        "lx5-apc",
+                        "mpo",
+                        "mtrj",
+                        "sc",
+                        "sc-pc",
+                        "sc-upc",
+                        "sc-apc",
+                        "st",
+                        "cs",
+                        "sn",
+                        "sma-905",
+                        "sma-906",
+                        "urm-p2",
+                        "urm-p4",
+                        "urm-p8",
+                        "splice",
+                        "other"
+                    ]
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}

contrib/gunicorn.py

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# The IP address (typically localhost) and port that the Netbox WSGI process should listen on
+# The IP address (typically localhost) and port that the NetBox WSGI process should listen on
 bind = '127.0.0.1:8001'
 
 # Number of gunicorn workers to spawn. This should typically be 2n+1, where

contrib/netbox-housekeeping.service

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+[Unit]
+Description=NetBox Housekeeping Service
+Documentation=https://docs.netbox.dev/
+After=network-online.target
+Wants=network-online.target
+
+[Service]
+Type=simple
+
+User=netbox
+Group=netbox
+WorkingDirectory=/opt/netbox
+
+ExecStart=/opt/netbox/venv/bin/python /opt/netbox/netbox/manage.py housekeeping
+
+[Install]
+WantedBy=multi-user.target

contrib/netbox-housekeeping.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# This shell script invokes NetBox's housekeeping management command, which
+# intended to be run nightly. This script can be copied into your system's
+# daily cron directory (e.g. /etc/cron.daily), or referenced directly from
+# within the cron configuration file.
+#
+# If NetBox has been installed into a nonstandard location, update the paths
+# below.
+/opt/netbox/venv/bin/python /opt/netbox/netbox/manage.py housekeeping

contrib/netbox-housekeeping.timer

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+[Unit]
+Description=NetBox Housekeeping Timer
+Documentation=https://docs.netbox.dev/
+After=network-online.target
+Wants=network-online.target
+
+[Timer]
+OnCalendar=daily
+AccuracySec=1h
+Persistent=true
+
+[Install]
+WantedBy=multi-user.target

contrib/netbox-rq.service

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 [Unit]
 Description=NetBox Request Queue Worker
-Documentation=https://netbox.readthedocs.io/en/stable/
+Documentation=https://docs.netbox.dev/
 After=network-online.target
 Wants=network-online.target
 
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ User=netbox
 Group=netbox
 WorkingDirectory=/opt/netbox
 
-ExecStart=/opt/netbox/venv/bin/python3 /opt/netbox/netbox/manage.py rqworker
+ExecStart=/opt/netbox/venv/bin/python3 /opt/netbox/netbox/manage.py rqworker high default low
 
 Restart=on-failure
 RestartSec=30

contrib/netbox.service

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 [Unit]
 Description=NetBox WSGI Service
-Documentation=https://netbox.readthedocs.io/en/stable/
+Documentation=https://docs.netbox.dev/
 After=network-online.target
 Wants=network-online.target
 

contrib/nginx.conf

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 server {
-    listen 443 ssl;
+    listen [::]:443 ssl ipv6only=off;
 
     # CHANGE THIS TO YOUR SERVER'S NAME
     server_name netbox.example.com;
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ server {
 
 server {
     # Redirect HTTP traffic to HTTPS
-    listen 80;
+    listen [::]:80 ipv6only=off;
     server_name _;
     return 301 https://$host$request_uri;
 }

docs/_theme/main.html

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+{% extends "base.html" %}
+
+{% block site_meta %}
+  {{ super() }}
+  {# Disable search indexing unless we're building for ReadTheDocs (see #10496) #}
+  {% if page.canonical_url != 'https://docs.netbox.dev/' %}
+    <meta name="robots" content="noindex">
+  {% endif %}
+{% endblock %}

docs/additional-features/caching.md

@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-# Caching
-
-NetBox supports database query caching using [django-cacheops](https://github.com/Suor/django-cacheops) and Redis. When a query is made, the results are cached in Redis for a short period of time, as defined by the [CACHE_TIMEOUT](../../configuration/optional-settings/#cache_timeout) parameter (15 minutes by default). Within that time, all recurrences of that specific query will return the pre-fetched results from the cache.
-
-If a change is made to any of the objects returned by the query within that time, or if the timeout expires, the results are automatically invalidated and the next request for those results will be sent to the database.
-
-## Invalidating Cached Data
-
-Although caching is performed automatically and rarely requires administrative intervention, NetBox provides the `invalidate` management command to force invalidation of cached results. This command can reference a specific object my its type and numeric ID:
-
-```no-highlight
-$ python netbox/manage.py invalidate dcim.Device.34
-```
-
-Alternatively, it can also delete all cached results for an object type:
-
-```no-highlight
-$ python netbox/manage.py invalidate dcim.Device
-```
-
-Finally, calling it with the `all` argument will force invalidation of the entire cache database:
-
-```no-highlight
-$ python netbox/manage.py invalidate all
-```

docs/additional-features/change-logging.md

@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-# Change Logging
-
-Every time an object in NetBox is created, updated, or deleted, a serialized copy of that object is saved to the database, along with meta data including the current time and the user associated with the change. These records form a persistent record of changes both for each individual object as well as NetBox as a whole. The global change log can be viewed by navigating to Other > Change Log.
-
-A serialized representation of the instance being modified is included in JSON format. This is similar to how objects are conveyed within the REST API, but does not include any nested representations. For instance, the `tenant` field of a site will record only the tenant's ID, not a representation of the tenant.
-
-When a request is made, a UUID is generated and attached to any change records resulting from that request. For example, editing three objects in bulk will create a separate change record for each  (three in total), and each of those objects will be associated with the same UUID. This makes it easy to identify all the change records resulting from a particular request.
-
-Change records are exposed in the API via the read-only endpoint `/api/extras/object-changes/`. They may also be exported via the web UI in CSV format.

docs/additional-features/custom-fields.md

@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-# Custom Fields
-
-Each object in NetBox is represented in the database as a discrete table, and each attribute of an object exists as a column within its table. For example, sites are stored in the `dcim_site` table, which has columns named `name`, `facility`, `physical_address`, and so on. As new attributes are added to objects throughout the development of NetBox, tables are expanded to include new rows.
-
-However, some users might want to associate with objects attributes that are somewhat esoteric in nature, and that would not make sense to include in the core NetBox database schema. For instance, suppose your organization needs to associate each device with a ticket number pointing to the support ticket that was opened to have it installed. This is certainly a legitimate use for NetBox, but it's perhaps not a common enough need to warrant expanding the internal data schema. Instead, you can create a custom field to hold this data.
-
-Custom fields must be created through the admin UI under Extras > Custom Fields. To create a new custom field, select the object(s) to which you want it to apply, and the type of field it will be. NetBox supports six field types:
-
-* Free-form text (up to 255 characters)
-* Integer
-* Boolean (true/false)
-* Date
-* URL
-* Selection
-
-Assign the field a name. This should be a simple database-friendly string, e.g. `tps_report`. You may optionally assign the field a human-friendly label (e.g. "TPS report") as well; the label will be displayed on forms. If a description is provided, it will appear beneath the field in a form.
-
-Marking the field as required will require the user to provide a value for the field when creating a new object or when saving an existing object. A default value for the field may also be provided. Use "true" or "false" for boolean fields. (The default value has no effect for selection fields.)
-
-When creating a selection field, you should create at least two choices. These choices will be arranged first by weight, with lower weights appearing higher in the list, and then alphabetically.
-
-## Using Custom Fields
-
-When a single object is edited, the form will include any custom fields which have been defined for the object type. These fields are included in the "Custom Fields" panel. On the backend, each custom field value is saved separately from the core object as an independent database call, so it's best to avoid adding too many custom fields per object.
-
-When editing multiple objects, custom field values are saved in bulk. There is no significant difference in overhead when saving a custom field value for 100 objects versus one object. However, the bulk operation must be performed separately for each custom field.

docs/additional-features/custom-links.md

@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-# Custom Links
-
-Custom links allow users to display arbitrary hyperlinks to external content within NetBox object views. These are helpful for cross-referencing related records in systems outside of NetBox. For example, you might create a custom link on the device view which links to the current device in a network monitoring system.
-
-Custom links are created under the admin UI. Each link is associated with a particular NetBox object type (site, device, prefix, etc.) and will be displayed on relevant views. Each link is assigned text and a URL, both of which support Jinja2 templating. The text and URL are rendered with the context variable `obj` representing the current object.
-
-For example, you might define a link like this:
-
-* Text: `View NMS`
-* URL: `https://nms.example.com/nodes/?name={{ obj.name }}`
-
-When viewing a device named Router4, this link would render as:
-
-```no-highlight
-<a href="https://nms.example.com/nodes/?name=Router4">View NMS</a>
-```
-
-Custom links appear as buttons at the top right corner of the page. Numeric weighting can be used to influence the ordering of links.
-
-## Conditional Rendering
-
-Only links which render with non-empty text are included on the page. You can employ conditional Jinja2 logic to control the conditions under which a link gets rendered.
-
-For example, if you only want to display a link for active devices, you could set the link text to
-
-```jinja2
-{% if obj.status == 'active' %}View NMS{% endif %}
-```
-
-The link will not appear when viewing a device with any status other than "active."
-
-As another example, if you wanted to show only devices belonging to a certain manufacturer, you could do something like this:
-
-```jinja2
-{% if obj.device_type.manufacturer.name == 'Cisco' %}View NMS{% endif %}
-```
-
-The link will only appear when viewing a device with a manufacturer name of "Cisco."
-
-## Link Groups
-
-Group names can be specified to organize links into groups. Links with the same group name will render as a dropdown menu beneath a single button bearing the name of the group.

docs/additional-features/custom-scripts.md

@@ -1,315 +0,0 @@
-# Custom Scripts
-
-Custom scripting was introduced to provide a way for users to execute custom logic from within the NetBox UI. Custom scripts enable the user to directly and conveniently manipulate NetBox data in a prescribed fashion. They can be used to accomplish myriad tasks, such as:
-
-* Automatically populate new devices and cables in preparation for a new site deployment
-* Create a range of new reserved prefixes or IP addresses
-* Fetch data from an external source and import it to NetBox
-
-Custom scripts are Python code and exist outside of the official NetBox code base, so they can be updated and changed without interfering with the core NetBox installation. And because they're completely custom, there is no inherent limitation on what a script can accomplish.
-
-## Writing Custom Scripts
-
-All custom scripts must inherit from the `extras.scripts.Script` base class. This class provides the functionality necessary to generate forms and log activity.
-
-```python
-from extras.scripts import Script
-
-class MyScript(Script):
-    ...
-```
-
-Scripts comprise two core components: a set of variables and a `run()` method. Variables allow your script to accept user input via the NetBox UI, but they are optional: If your script does not require any user input, there is no need to define any variables.
-
-The `run()` method is where your script's execution logic lives. (Note that your script can have as many methods as needed: this is merely the point of invocation for NetBox.)
-
-```python
-class MyScript(Script):
-    var1 = StringVar(...)
-    var2 = IntegerVar(...)
-    var3 = ObjectVar(...)
-
-    def run(self, data, commit):
-        ...
-```
-
-The `run()` method should accept two arguments:
-
-* `data` - A dictionary containing all of the variable data passed via the web form.
-* `commit` - A boolean indicating whether database changes will be committed.
-
-!!! note
-    The `commit` argument was introduced in NetBox v2.7.8. Backward compatibility is maintained for scripts which accept only the `data` argument, however beginning with v2.10 NetBox will require the `run()` method of every script to accept both arguments. (Either argument may still be ignored within the method.)
-
-Defining script variables is optional: You may create a script with only a `run()` method if no user input is needed.
-
-Any output generated by the script during its execution will be displayed under the "output" tab in the UI.
-
-## Module Attributes
-
-### `name`
-
-You can define `name` within a script module (the Python file which contains one or more scripts) to set the module name. If `name` is not defined, the module's file name will be used.
-
-## Script Attributes
-
-Script attributes are defined under a class named `Meta` within the script. These are optional, but encouraged.
-
-### `name`
-
-This is the human-friendly names of your script. If omitted, the class name will be used.
-
-### `description`
-
-A human-friendly description of what your script does.
-
-### `commit_default`
-
-The checkbox to commit database changes when executing a script is checked by default. Set `commit_default` to False under the script's Meta class to leave this option unchecked by default.
-
-```python
-commit_default = False
-```
-
-## Accessing Request Data
-
-Details of the current HTTP request (the one being made to execute the script) are available as the instance attribute `self.request`. This can be used to infer, for example, the user executing the script and the client IP address:
-
-```python
-username = self.request.user.username
-ip_address = self.request.META.get('HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR') or \
-    self.request.META.get('REMOTE_ADDR')
-self.log_info(f"Running as user {username} (IP: {ip_address})...")
-```
-
-For a complete list of available request parameters, please see the [Django documentation](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/ref/request-response/).
-
-## Reading Data from Files
-
-The Script class provides two convenience methods for reading data from files:
-
-* `load_yaml`
-* `load_json`
-
-These two methods will load data in YAML or JSON format, respectively, from files within the local path (i.e. `SCRIPTS_ROOT`).
-
-## Logging
-
-The Script object provides a set of convenient functions for recording messages at different severity levels:
-
-* `log_debug`
-* `log_success`
-* `log_info`
-* `log_warning`
-* `log_failure`
-
-Log messages are returned to the user upon execution of the script. Markdown rendering is supported for log messages.
-
-## Variable Reference
-
-### Default Options
-
-All custom script variables support the following default options:
-
-* `default` - The field's default value
-* `description` - A brief user-friendly description of the field
-* `label` - The field name to be displayed in the rendered form
-* `required` - Indicates whether the field is mandatory (all fields are required by default)
-* `widget` - The class of form widget to use (see the [Django documentation](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/ref/forms/widgets/))
-
-### StringVar
-
-Stores a string of characters (i.e. text). Options include:
-
-* `min_length` - Minimum number of characters
-* `max_length` - Maximum number of characters
-* `regex` - A regular expression against which the provided value must match
-
-Note that `min_length` and `max_length` can be set to the same number to effect a fixed-length field.
-
-### TextVar
-
-Arbitrary text of any length. Renders as a multi-line text input field.
-
-### IntegerVar
-
-Stores a numeric integer. Options include:
-
-* `min_value` - Minimum value
-* `max_value` - Maximum value
-
-### BooleanVar
-
-A true/false flag. This field has no options beyond the defaults listed above.
-
-### ChoiceVar
-
-A set of choices from which the user can select one.
-
-* `choices` - A list of `(value, label)` tuples representing the available choices. For example:
-
-```python
-CHOICES = (
-    ('n', 'North'),
-    ('s', 'South'),
-    ('e', 'East'),
-    ('w', 'West')
-)
-
-direction = ChoiceVar(choices=CHOICES)
-```
-
-In the example above, selecting the choice labeled "North" will submit the value `n`.
-
-### MultiChoiceVar
-
-Similar to `ChoiceVar`, but allows for the selection of multiple choices.
-
-### ObjectVar
-
-A particular object within NetBox. Each ObjectVar must specify a particular model, and allows the user to select one of the available instances. ObjectVar accepts several arguments, listed below.
-
-* `model` - The model class
-* `display_field` - The name of the REST API object field to display in the selection list (default: `'name'`)
-* `query_params` - A dictionary of query parameters to use when retrieving available options (optional)
-* `null_option` - A label representing a "null" or empty choice (optional)
-
-The `display_field` argument is useful when referencing a model which does not have a `name` field. For example, when displaying a list of device types, you would likely use the `model` field:
-
-```python
-device_type = ObjectVar(
-    model=DeviceType,
-    display_field='model'
-)
-```
-
-To limit the selections available within the list, additional query parameters can be passed as the `query_params` dictionary. For example, to show only devices with an "active" status:
-
-```python
-device = ObjectVar(
-    model=Device,
-    query_params={
-        'status': 'active'
-    }
-)
-```
-
-Multiple values can be specified by assigning a list to the dictionary key. It is also possible to reference the value of other fields in the form by prepending a dollar sign (`$`) to the variable's name.
-
-```python
-region = ObjectVar(
-    model=Region
-)
-site = ObjectVar(
-    model=Site,
-    query_params={
-        'region_id': '$region'
-    }
-)
-```
-
-### MultiObjectVar
-
-Similar to `ObjectVar`, but allows for the selection of multiple objects.
-
-### FileVar
-
-An uploaded file. Note that uploaded files are present in memory only for the duration of the script's execution: They will not be automatically saved for future use. The script is responsible for writing file contents to disk where necessary.
-
-### IPAddressVar
-
-An IPv4 or IPv6 address, without a mask. Returns a `netaddr.IPAddress` object.
-
-### IPAddressWithMaskVar
-
-An IPv4 or IPv6 address with a mask. Returns a `netaddr.IPNetwork` object which includes the mask.
-
-### IPNetworkVar
-
-An IPv4 or IPv6 network with a mask. Returns a `netaddr.IPNetwork` object. Two attributes are available to validate the provided mask:
-
-* `min_prefix_length` - Minimum length of the mask
-* `max_prefix_length` - Maximum length of the mask
-
-## Example
-
-Below is an example script that creates new objects for a planned site. The user is prompted for three variables:
-
-* The name of the new site
-* The device model (a filtered list of defined device types)
-* The number of access switches to create
-
-These variables are presented as a web form to be completed by the user. Once submitted, the script's `run()` method is called to create the appropriate objects.
-
-```python
-from django.utils.text import slugify
-
-from dcim.choices import DeviceStatusChoices, SiteStatusChoices
-from dcim.models import Device, DeviceRole, DeviceType, Manufacturer, Site
-from extras.scripts import *
-
-
-class NewBranchScript(Script):
-
-    class Meta:
-        name = "New Branch"
-        description = "Provision a new branch site"
-        field_order = ['site_name', 'switch_count', 'switch_model']
-
-    site_name = StringVar(
-        description="Name of the new site"
-    )
-    switch_count = IntegerVar(
-        description="Number of access switches to create"
-    )
-    manufacturer = ObjectVar(
-        model=Manufacturer,
-        required=False
-    )
-    switch_model = ObjectVar(
-        description="Access switch model",
-        model=DeviceType,
-        display_field='model',
-        query_params={
-            'manufacturer_id': '$manufacturer'
-        }
-    )
-
-    def run(self, data, commit):
-
-        # Create the new site
-        site = Site(
-            name=data['site_name'],
-            slug=slugify(data['site_name']),
-            status=SiteStatusChoices.STATUS_PLANNED
-        )
-        site.save()
-        self.log_success(f"Created new site: {site}")
-
-        # Create access switches
-        switch_role = DeviceRole.objects.get(name='Access Switch')
-        for i in range(1, data['switch_count'] + 1):
-            switch = Device(
-                device_type=data['switch_model'],
-                name=f'{site.slug}-switch{i}',
-                site=site,
-                status=DeviceStatusChoices.STATUS_PLANNED,
-                device_role=switch_role
-            )
-            switch.save()
-            self.log_success(f"Created new switch: {switch}")
-
-        # Generate a CSV table of new devices
-        output = [
-            'name,make,model'
-        ]
-        for switch in Device.objects.filter(site=site):
-            attrs = [
-                switch.name,
-                switch.device_type.manufacturer.name,
-                switch.device_type.model
-            ]
-            output.append(','.join(attrs))
-
-        return '\n'.join(output)
-```

docs/additional-features/export-templates.md

@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-# Export Templates
-
-NetBox allows users to define custom templates that can be used when exporting objects. To create an export template, navigate to Extras > Export Templates under the admin interface.
-
-Each export template is associated with a certain type of object. For instance, if you create an export template for VLANs, your custom template will appear under the "Export" button on the VLANs list.
-
-Export templates may be written in Jinja2 or [Django's template language](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/ref/templates/language/), which is very similar to Jinja2.
-
-!!! warning
-    Support for Django's native templating logic will be removed in NetBox v2.10.
-
-The list of objects returned from the database when rendering an export template is stored in the `queryset` variable, which you'll typically want to iterate through using a `for` loop. Object properties can be access by name. For example:
-
-```jinja2
-{% for rack in queryset %}
-Rack: {{ rack.name }}
-Site: {{ rack.site.name }}
-Height: {{ rack.u_height }}U
-{% endfor %}
-```
-
-To access custom fields of an object within a template, use the `cf` attribute. For example, `{{ obj.cf.color }}` will return the value (if any) for a custom field named `color` on `obj`.
-
-A MIME type and file extension can optionally be defined for each export template. The default MIME type is `text/plain`.
-
-## Example
-
-Here's an example device export template that will generate a simple Nagios configuration from a list of devices.
-
-```
-{% for device in queryset %}{% if device.status and device.primary_ip %}define host{
-        use                     generic-switch
-        host_name               {{ device.name }}
-        address                 {{ device.primary_ip.address.ip }}
-}
-{% endif %}{% endfor %}
-```
-
-The generated output will look something like this:
-
-```
-define host{
-        use                     generic-switch
-        host_name               switch1
-        address                 192.0.2.1
-}
-define host{
-        use                     generic-switch
-        host_name               switch2
-        address                 192.0.2.2
-}
-define host{
-        use                     generic-switch
-        host_name               switch3
-        address                 192.0.2.3
-}
-```

docs/additional-features/graphs.md

@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-# Graphs
-
-!!! warning
-    Native support for embedded graphs is due to be removed in NetBox v2.10. It will likely be superseded by a plugin providing similar functionality.
-
-NetBox does not have the ability to generate graphs natively, but this feature allows you to embed contextual graphs from an external resources (such as a monitoring system) inside the site, provider, and interface views. Each embedded graph must be defined with the following parameters:
-
-* **Type:** Site, device, provider, or interface. This determines in which view the graph will be displayed.
-* **Weight:** Determines the order in which graphs are displayed (lower weights are displayed first). Graphs with equal weights will be ordered alphabetically by name.
-* **Name:** The title to display above the graph.
-* **Source URL:** The source of the image to be embedded. The associated object will be available as a template variable named `obj`.
-* **Link URL (optional):** A URL to which the graph will be linked. The associated object will be available as a template variable named `obj`.
-
-Graph names and links can be rendered using Jinja2 or [Django's template language](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/ref/templates/language/).
-
-## Examples
-
-You only need to define one graph object for each graph you want to include when viewing an object. For example, if you want to include a graph of traffic through an interface over the past five minutes, your graph source might looks like this:
-
-```
-https://my.nms.local/graphs/?node={{ obj.device.name }}&interface={{ obj.name }}&duration=5m
-```
-
-You can define several graphs to provide multiple contexts when viewing an object. For example:
-
-```
-https://my.nms.local/graphs/?type=throughput&node={{ obj.device.name }}&interface={{ obj.name }}&duration=60m
-https://my.nms.local/graphs/?type=throughput&node={{ obj.device.name }}&interface={{ obj.name }}&duration=24h
-https://my.nms.local/graphs/?type=errors&node={{ obj.device.name }}&interface={{ obj.name }}&duration=60m
-```

docs/additional-features/napalm.md

@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-# NAPALM
-
-NetBox supports integration with the [NAPALM automation](https://napalm-automation.net/) library. NAPALM allows NetBox to serve a proxy for operational data, fetching live data from network devices and returning it to a requester via its REST API. Note that NetBox does not store any NAPALM data locally.
-
-!!! note
-    To enable this integration, the NAPALM library must be installed. See [installation steps](../../installation/3-netbox/#napalm) for more information.
-
-Below is an example REST API request and response:
-
-```no-highlight
-GET /api/dcim/devices/1/napalm/?method=get_environment
-
-{
-    "get_environment": {
-        ...
-    }
-}
-```
-
-!!! note
-    To make NAPALM requests via the NetBox REST API, a NetBox user must have assigned a permission granting the `napalm_read` action for the device object type.
-
-## Authentication
-
-By default, the [`NAPALM_USERNAME`](../../configuration/optional-settings/#napalm_username) and [`NAPALM_PASSWORD`](../../configuration/optional-settings/#napalm_password) configuration parameters are used for NAPALM authentication. They can be overridden for an individual API call by specifying the `X-NAPALM-Username` and `X-NAPALM-Password` headers.
-
-```
-$ curl "http://localhost/api/dcim/devices/1/napalm/?method=get_environment" \
--H "Authorization: Token $TOKEN" \
--H "Content-Type: application/json" \
--H "Accept: application/json; indent=4" \
--H "X-NAPALM-Username: foo" \
--H "X-NAPALM-Password: bar"
-```
-
-## Method Support
-
-The list of supported NAPALM methods depends on the [NAPALM driver](https://napalm.readthedocs.io/en/latest/support/index.html#general-support-matrix) configured for the platform of a device. Because there is no granular mechanism in place for limiting potentially disruptive requests, NetBox supports only read-only [get](https://napalm.readthedocs.io/en/latest/support/index.html#getters-support-matrix) methods.
-
-## Multiple Methods
-
-It is possible to request the output of multiple NAPALM methods in a single API request by passing multiple `method` parameters. For example:
-
-```no-highlight
-GET /api/dcim/devices/1/napalm/?method=get_ntp_servers&method=get_ntp_peers
-
-{
-    "get_ntp_servers": {
-        ...
-    },
-    "get_ntp_peers": {
-        ...
-    }
-}
-```
-
-## Optional Arguments
-
-The behavior of NAPALM drivers can be adjusted according to the [optional arguments](https://napalm.readthedocs.io/en/latest/support/index.html#optional-arguments). NetBox exposes those arguments using headers prefixed with `X-NAPALM-`. For example, the SSH port is changed to 2222 in this API call:
-
-```
-$ curl "http://localhost/api/dcim/devices/1/napalm/?method=get_environment" \
--H "Authorization: Token $TOKEN" \
--H "Content-Type: application/json" \
--H "Accept: application/json; indent=4" \
--H "X-NAPALM-port: 2222"
-```

docs/additional-features/reports.md

@@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
-# NetBox Reports
-
-A NetBox report is a mechanism for validating the integrity of data within NetBox. Running a report allows the user to verify that the objects defined within NetBox meet certain arbitrary conditions. For example, you can write reports to check that:
-
-* All top-of-rack switches have a console connection
-* Every router has a loopback interface with an IP address assigned
-* Each interface description conforms to a standard format
-* Every site has a minimum set of VLANs defined
-* All IP addresses have a parent prefix
-
-...and so on. Reports are completely customizable, so there's practically no limit to what you can test for.
-
-## Writing Reports
-
-Reports must be saved as files in the [`REPORTS_ROOT`](../../configuration/optional-settings/#reports_root) path (which defaults to `netbox/reports/`). Each file created within this path is considered a separate module. Each module holds one or more reports (Python classes), each of which performs a certain function. The logic of each report is broken into discrete test methods, each of which applies a small portion of the logic comprising the overall test.
-
-!!! warning
-    The reports path includes a file named `__init__.py`, which registers the path as a Python module. Do not delete this file.
-
-For example, we can create a module named `devices.py` to hold all of our reports which pertain to devices in NetBox. Within that module, we might define several reports. Each report is defined as a Python class inheriting from `extras.reports.Report`.
-
-```
-from extras.reports import Report
-
-class DeviceConnectionsReport(Report):
-    description = "Validate the minimum physical connections for each device"
-
-class DeviceIPsReport(Report):
-    description = "Check that every device has a primary IP address assigned"
-```
-
-Within each report class, we'll create a number of test methods to execute our report's logic. In DeviceConnectionsReport, for instance, we want to ensure that every live device has a console connection, an out-of-band management connection, and two power connections.
-
-```
-from dcim.choices import DeviceStatusChoices
-from dcim.models import ConsolePort, Device, PowerPort
-from extras.reports import Report
-
-
-class DeviceConnectionsReport(Report):
-    description = "Validate the minimum physical connections for each device"
-
-    def test_console_connection(self):
-
-        # Check that every console port for every active device has a connection defined.
-        active = DeviceStatusChoices.STATUS_ACTIVE
-        for console_port in ConsolePort.objects.prefetch_related('device').filter(device__status=active):
-            if console_port.connected_endpoint is None:
-                self.log_failure(
-                    console_port.device,
-                    "No console connection defined for {}".format(console_port.name)
-                )
-            elif not console_port.connection_status:
-                self.log_warning(
-                    console_port.device,
-                    "Console connection for {} marked as planned".format(console_port.name)
-                )
-            else:
-                self.log_success(console_port.device)
-
-    def test_power_connections(self):
-
-        # Check that every active device has at least two connected power supplies.
-        for device in Device.objects.filter(status=DeviceStatusChoices.STATUS_ACTIVE):
-            connected_ports = 0
-            for power_port in PowerPort.objects.filter(device=device):
-                if power_port.connected_endpoint is not None:
-                    connected_ports += 1
-                    if not power_port.connection_status:
-                        self.log_warning(
-                            device,
-                            "Power connection for {} marked as planned".format(power_port.name)
-                        )
-            if connected_ports < 2:
-                self.log_failure(
-                    device,
-                    "{} connected power supplies found (2 needed)".format(connected_ports)
-                )
-            else:
-                self.log_success(device)
-```
-
-As you can see, reports are completely customizable. Validation logic can be as simple or as complex as needed.
-
-!!! warning
-    Reports should never alter data: If you find yourself using the `create()`, `save()`, `update()`, or `delete()` methods on objects within reports, stop and re-evaluate what you're trying to accomplish. Note that there are no safeguards against the accidental alteration or destruction of data.
-
-The following methods are available to log results within a report:
-
-* log(message)
-* log_success(object, message=None)
-* log_info(object, message)
-* log_warning(object, message)
-* log_failure(object, message)
-
-The recording of one or more failure messages will automatically flag a report as failed. It is advised to log a success for each object that is evaluated so that the results will reflect how many objects are being reported on. (The inclusion of a log message is optional for successes.) Messages recorded with `log()` will appear in a report's results but are not associated with a particular object or status.
-
-To perform additional tasks, such as sending an email or calling a webhook, after a report has been run, extend the `post_run()` method. The status of the report is available as `self.failed` and the results object is `self.result`.
-
-Once you have created a report, it will appear in the reports list. Initially, reports will have no results associated with them. To generate results, run the report.
-
-## Running Reports
-
-### Via the Web UI
-
-Reports can be run via the web UI by navigating to the report and clicking the "run report" button at top right. Note that a user must have permission to create ReportResults in order to run reports. (Permissions can be assigned through the admin UI.)
-
-Once a report has been run, its associated results will be included in the report view.
-
-### Via the API
-
-To run a report via the API, simply issue a POST request to its `run` endpoint. Reports are identified by their module and class name.
-
-```
-    POST /api/extras/reports/<module>.<name>/run/
-```
-
-Our example report above would be called as:
-
-```
-    POST /api/extras/reports/devices.DeviceConnectionsReport/run/
-```
-
-### Via the CLI
-
-Reports can be run on the CLI by invoking the management command:
-
-```
-python3 manage.py runreport <module>
-```
-
-where ``<module>`` is the name of the python file in the ``reports`` directory without the ``.py`` extension.  One or more report modules may be specified.

docs/additional-features/webhooks.md

@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
-# Webhooks
-
-A webhook is a mechanism for conveying to some external system a change that took place in NetBox. For example, you may want to notify a monitoring system whenever the status of a device is updated in NetBox. This can be done by creating a webhook for the device model in NetBox and identifying the webhook receiver. When NetBox detects a change to a device, an HTTP request containing the details of the change and who made it be sent to the specified receiver. Webhooks are configured in the admin UI under Extras > Webhooks.
-
-## Configuration
-
-* **Name** - A unique name for the webhook. The name is not included with outbound messages.
-* **Object type(s)** - The type or types of NetBox object that will trigger the webhook.
-* **Enabled** - If unchecked, the webhook will be inactive.
-* **Events** - A webhook may trigger on any combination of create, update, and delete events. At least one event type must be selected.
-* **HTTP method** - The type of HTTP request to send. Options include `GET`, `POST`, `PUT`, `PATCH`, and `DELETE`.
-* **URL** - The fuly-qualified URL of the request to be sent. This may specify a destination port number if needed.
-* **HTTP content type** - The value of the request's `Content-Type` header. (Defaults to `application/json`)
-* **Additional headers** - Any additional headers to include with the request (optional). Add one header per line in the format `Name: Value`. Jinja2 templating is supported for this field (see below).
-* **Body template** - The content of the request being sent (optional). Jinja2 templating is supported for this field (see below). If blank, NetBox will populate the request body with a raw dump of the webhook context. (If the HTTP cotent type is set to `application/json`, this will be formatted as a JSON object.)
-* **Secret** - A secret string used to prove authenticity of the request (optional). This will append a `X-Hook-Signature` header to the request, consisting of a HMAC (SHA-512) hex digest of the request body using the secret as the key.
-* **SSL verification** - Uncheck this option to disable validation of the receiver's SSL certificate. (Disable with caution!)
-* **CA file path** - The file path to a particular certificate authority (CA) file to use when validating the receiver's SSL certificate (optional).
-
-## Jinja2 Template Support
-
-[Jinja2 templating](https://jinja.palletsprojects.com/) is supported for the `additional_headers` and `body_template` fields. This enables the user to convey object data in the request headers as well as to craft a customized request body. Request content can be crafted to enable the direct interaction with external systems by ensuring the outgoing message is in a format the receiver expects and understands.
-
-For example, you might create a NetBox webhook to [trigger a Slack message](https://api.slack.com/messaging/webhooks) any time an IP address is created. You can accomplish this using the following configuration:
-
-* Object type: IPAM > IP address
-* HTTP method: `POST`
-* URL: Slack incoming webhook URL
-* HTTP content type: `application/json`
-* Body template: `{"text": "IP address {{ data['address'] }} was created by {{ username }}!"}`
-
-### Available Context
-
-The following data is available as context for Jinja2 templates:
-
-* `event` - The type of event which triggered the webhook: created, updated, or deleted.
-* `model` - The NetBox model which triggered the change.
-* `timestamp` - The time at which the event occurred (in [ISO 8601](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format).
-* `username` - The name of the user account associated with the change.
-* `request_id` - The unique request ID. This may be used to correlate multiple changes associated with a single request.
-* `data` - A serialized representation of the object _after_ the change was made. This is typically equivalent to the model's representation in NetBox's REST API.
-
-### Default Request Body
-
-If no body template is specified, the request body will be populated with a JSON object containing the context data. For example, a newly created site might appear as follows:
-
-```no-highlight
-{
-    "event": "created",
-    "timestamp": "2020-02-25 15:10:26.010582+00:00",
-    "model": "site",
-    "username": "jstretch",
-    "request_id": "fdbca812-3142-4783-b364-2e2bd5c16c6a",
-    "data": {
-        "id": 19,
-        "name": "Site 1",
-        "slug": "site-1",
-        "status": 
-            "value": "active",
-            "label": "Active",
-            "id": 1
-        },
-        "region": null,
-        ...
-    }
-}
-```
-
-## Webhook Processing
-
-When a change is detected, any resulting webhooks are placed into a Redis queue for processing. This allows the user's request to complete without needing to wait for the outgoing webhook(s) to be processed. The webhooks are then extracted from the queue by the `rqworker` process and HTTP requests are sent to their respective destinations. The current webhook queue and any failed webhooks can be inspected in the admin UI under Django RQ > Queues.
-
-A request is considered successful if the response has a 2XX status code; otherwise, the request is marked as having failed. Failed requests may be retried manually via the admin UI.
-
-## Troubleshooting
-
-To assist with verifying that the content of outgoing webhooks is rendered correctly, NetBox provides a simple HTTP listener that can be run locally to receive and display webhook requests. First, modify the target URL of the desired webhook to `http://localhost:9000/`. This will instruct NetBox to send the request to the local server on TCP port 9000. Then, start the webhook receiver service from the NetBox root directory:
-
-```no-highlight
-$ python netbox/manage.py webhook_receiver
-Listening on port http://localhost:9000. Stop with CONTROL-C.
-```
-
-You can test the receiver itself by sending any HTTP request to it. For example:
-
-```no-highlight
-$ curl -X POST http://localhost:9000 --data '{"foo": "bar"}'
-```
-
-The server will print output similar to the following:
-
-```no-highlight
-[1] Tue, 07 Apr 2020 17:44:02 GMT 127.0.0.1 "POST / HTTP/1.1" 200 -
-Host: localhost:9000
-User-Agent: curl/7.58.0
-Accept: */*
-Content-Length: 14
-Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded
-
-{"foo": "bar"}
-------------
-```
-
-Note that `webhook_receiver` does not actually _do_ anything with the information received: It merely prints the request headers and body for inspection.
-
-Now, when the NetBox webhook is triggered and processed, you should see its headers and content appear in the terminal where the webhook receiver is listening. If you don't, check that the `rqworker` process is running and that webhook events are being placed into the queue (visible under the NetBox admin UI).

docs/administration/authentication/microsoft-azure-ad.md

@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+# Microsoft Azure AD
+
+This guide explains how to configure single sign-on (SSO) support for NetBox using [Microsoft Azure Active Directory (AD)](https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/services/active-directory/) as an authentication backend.
+
+## Azure AD Configuration
+
+### 1. Create a test user (optional)
+
+Create a new user in AD to be used for testing. You can skip this step if you already have a suitable account created.
+
+### 2. Create an app registration
+
+Under the Azure Active Directory dashboard, navigate to **Add > App registration**.
+
+![Add an app registration](../../media/authentication/azure_ad_add_app_registration.png)
+
+Enter a name for the registration (e.g. "NetBox") and ensure that the "single tenant" option is selected.
+
+Under "Redirect URI", select "Web" for the platform and enter the path to your NetBox installation, ending with `/oauth/complete/azuread-oauth2/`. Note that this URI **must** begin with `https://` unless you are referencing localhost (for development purposes).
+
+![App registration parameters](../../media/authentication/azure_ad_app_registration.png)
+
+Once finished, make note of the application (client) ID; this will be used when configuring NetBox.
+
+![Completed app registration](../../media/authentication/azure_ad_app_registration_created.png)
+
+!!! tip "Multitenant authentication"
+    NetBox also supports multitenant authentication via Azure AD, however it requires a different backend and an additional configuration parameter. Please see the [`python-social-auth` documentation](https://python-social-auth.readthedocs.io/en/latest/backends/azuread.html#tenant-support) for details concerning multitenant authentication.
+
+### 3. Create a secret
+
+When viewing the newly-created app registration, click the "Add a certificate or secret" link under "Client credentials". Under the "Client secrets" tab, click the "New client secret" button.
+
+![Add a client secret](../../media/authentication/azure_ad_add_client_secret.png)
+
+You can optionally specify a description and select a lifetime for the secret.
+
+![Client secret parameters](../../media/authentication/azure_ad_client_secret.png)
+
+Once finished, make note of the secret value (not the secret ID); this will be used when configuring NetBox.
+
+![Client secret parameters](../../media/authentication/azure_ad_client_secret_created.png)
+
+## NetBox Configuration
+
+### 1. Enter configuration parameters
+
+Enter the following configuration parameters in `configuration.py`, substituting your own values:
+
+```python
+REMOTE_AUTH_BACKEND = 'social_core.backends.azuread.AzureADOAuth2'
+SOCIAL_AUTH_AZUREAD_OAUTH2_KEY = '{APPLICATION_ID}'
+SOCIAL_AUTH_AZUREAD_OAUTH2_SECRET = '{SECRET_VALUE}'
+```
+
+### 2. Restart NetBox
+
+Restart the NetBox services so that the new configuration takes effect. This is typically done with the command below:
+
+```no-highlight
+sudo systemctl restart netbox
+```
+
+## Testing
+
+Log out of NetBox if already authenticated, and click the "Log In" button at top right. You should see the normal login form as well as an option to authenticate using Azure AD. Click that link.
+
+![NetBox Azure AD login form](../../media/authentication/netbox_azure_ad_login.png)
+
+You should be redirected to Microsoft's authentication portal. Enter the username/email and password of your test account to continue. You may also be prompted to grant this application access to your account.
+
+![NetBox Azure AD login form](../../media/authentication/azure_ad_login_portal.png)
+
+If successful, you will be redirected back to the NetBox UI, and will be logged in as the AD user. You can verify this by navigating to your profile (using the button at top right).
+
+This user account has been replicated locally to NetBox, and can now be assigned groups and permissions within the NetBox admin UI.
+
+## Troubleshooting
+
+### Redirect URI does not Match
+
+Azure requires that the authenticating client request a redirect URI that matches what you've configured for the app in step two. This URI **must** begin with `https://` (unless using `localhost` for the domain).
+
+If Azure complains that the requested URI starts with `http://` (not HTTPS), it's likely that your HTTP server is misconfigured or sitting behind a load balancer, so NetBox is not aware that HTTPS is being use. To force the use of an HTTPS redirect URI, set `SOCIAL_AUTH_REDIRECT_IS_HTTPS = True` in `configuration.py` per the [python-social-auth docs](https://python-social-auth.readthedocs.io/en/latest/configuration/settings.html#processing-redirects-and-urlopen).
+
+### Not Logged in After Authenticating
+
+If you are redirected to the NetBox UI after authenticating successfully, but are _not_ logged in, double-check the configured backend and app registration. The instructions in this guide pertain only to the `azuread.AzureADOAuth2` backend using a single-tenant app registration.

docs/administration/authentication/okta.md

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+# Okta
+
+This guide explains how to configure single sign-on (SSO) support for NetBox using [Okta](https://www.okta.com/) as an authentication backend.
+
+## Okta Configuration
+
+!!! tip "Okta developer account"
+    Okta offers free developer accounts at <https://developer.okta.com/>.
+
+### 1. Create a test user (optional)
+
+Create a new user in the Okta admin portal to be used for testing. You can skip this step if you already have a suitable account created.
+
+### 2. Create an app registration
+
+Within the Okta administration dashboard, navigate to  **Applications > Applications**, and click the "Create App Integration" button. Select "OIDC" as the sign-in method, and "Web application" for the application type.
+
+![Create an app registration](../../media/authentication/okta_create_app_registration.png)
+
+On the next page, give the app integration a name (e.g. "NetBox") and specify the sign-in and sign-out URIs. These URIs should follow the formats below:
+
+* Sign-in URI: `https://{netbox}/oauth/complete/okta-openidconnect/`
+* Sign-out URI: `https://{netbox}/oauth/disconnect/okta-openidconnect/`
+
+![Web app integration](../../media/authentication/okta_web_app_integration.png)
+
+Under "Assignments," select the controlled access setting most appropriate for your organization. Click "Save" to complete the creation.
+
+Once finished, note the following parameters. These will be used to configured NetBox.
+
+* Client ID
+* Client secret
+* Okta domain
+
+![Okta integration parameters](../../media/authentication/okta_integration_parameters.png)
+
+## NetBox Configuration
+
+### 1. Enter configuration parameters
+
+Enter the following configuration parameters in `configuration.py`, substituting your own values:
+
+```python
+REMOTE_AUTH_BACKEND = 'social_core.backends.okta_openidconnect.OktaOpenIdConnect'
+SOCIAL_AUTH_OKTA_OPENIDCONNECT_KEY = '{Client ID}'
+SOCIAL_AUTH_OKTA_OPENIDCONNECT_SECRET = '{Client secret}'
+SOCIAL_AUTH_OKTA_OPENIDCONNECT_API_URL = 'https://{Okta domain}/oauth2/'
+```
+
+### 2. Restart NetBox
+
+Restart the NetBox services so that the new configuration takes effect. This is typically done with the command below:
+
+```no-highlight
+sudo systemctl restart netbox
+```
+
+## Testing
+
+Log out of NetBox if already authenticated, and click the "Log In" button at top right. You should see the normal login form as well as an option to authenticate using Okta. Click that link.
+
+![NetBox Okta login form](../../media/authentication/netbox_okta_login.png)
+
+You should be redirected to Okta's authentication portal. Enter the username/email and password of your test account to continue. You may also be prompted to grant this application access to your account.
+
+![Okta login portal](../../media/authentication/okta_login_portal.png)
+
+If successful, you will be redirected back to the NetBox UI, and will be logged in as the Okta user. You can verify this by navigating to your profile (using the button at top right).
+
+This user account has been replicated locally to NetBox, and can now be assigned groups and permissions within the NetBox admin UI.

docs/administration/authentication/overview.md

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+# Authentication
+
+## Local Authentication
+
+Local user accounts and groups can be created in NetBox under the "Authentication and Authorization" section of the administrative user interface. This interface is available only to users with the "staff" permission enabled.
+
+At a minimum, each user account must have a username and password set. User accounts may also denote a first name, last name, and email address. [Permissions](../permissions.md) may also be assigned to users and/or groups within the admin UI.
+
+## Remote Authentication
+
+NetBox may be configured to provide user authenticate via a remote backend in addition to local authentication. This is done by setting the `REMOTE_AUTH_BACKEND` configuration parameter to a suitable backend class. NetBox provides several options for remote authentication.
+
+### LDAP Authentication
+
+```python
+REMOTE_AUTH_BACKEND = 'netbox.authentication.LDAPBackend'
+```
+
+NetBox includes an authentication backend which supports LDAP. See the [LDAP installation docs](../../installation/6-ldap.md) for more detail about this backend.
+
+### HTTP Header Authentication
+
+```python
+REMOTE_AUTH_BACKEND = 'netbox.authentication.RemoteUserBackend'
+```
+
+Another option for remote authentication in NetBox is to enable HTTP header-based user assignment. The front end HTTP server (e.g. nginx or Apache) performs client authentication as a process external to NetBox, and passes information about the authenticated user via HTTP headers. By default, the user is assigned via the `REMOTE_USER` header, but this can be customized via the `REMOTE_AUTH_HEADER` configuration parameter.
+
+Optionally, user profile information can be supplied by `REMOTE_USER_FIRST_NAME`, `REMOTE_USER_LAST_NAME` and `REMOTE_USER_EMAIL` headers. These are saved to the users profile during the authentication process. These headers can be customized like the `REMOTE_USER` header.
+
+### Single Sign-On (SSO)
+
+```python
+REMOTE_AUTH_BACKEND = 'social_core.backends.google.GoogleOAuth2'
+```
+
+NetBox supports single sign-on authentication via the [python-social-auth](https://github.com/python-social-auth) library. To enable SSO, specify the path to the desired authentication backend within the `social_core` Python package. Please see the complete list of [supported authentication backends](https://github.com/python-social-auth/social-core/tree/master/social_core/backends) for the available options.
+
+Most remote authentication backends require some additional configuration through settings prefixed with `SOCIAL_AUTH_`. These will be automatically imported from NetBox's `configuration.py` file. Additionally, the [authentication pipeline](https://python-social-auth.readthedocs.io/en/latest/pipeline.html) can be customized via the `SOCIAL_AUTH_PIPELINE` parameter. (NetBox's default pipeline is defined in `netbox/settings.py` for your reference.)

docs/administration/error-reporting.md

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+# Error Reporting
+
+## Sentry
+
+### Enabling Error Reporting
+
+NetBox supports native integration with [Sentry](https://sentry.io/) for automatic error reporting. To enable this functionality, simply set `SENTRY_ENABLED` to True in `configuration.py`. Errors will be sent to a Sentry ingestor maintained by the NetBox team for analysis.
+
+```python
+SENTRY_ENABLED = True
+```
+
+### Using a Custom DSN
+
+If you prefer instead to use your own Sentry ingestor, you'll need to first create a new project under your Sentry account to represent your NetBox deployment and obtain its corresponding data source name (DSN). This looks like a URL similar to the example below:
+
+```
+https://examplePublicKey@o0.ingest.sentry.io/0
+```
+
+Once you have obtained a DSN, configure Sentry in NetBox's `configuration.py` file with the following parameters:
+
+```python
+SENTRY_ENABLED = True
+SENTRY_DSN = "https://examplePublicKey@o0.ingest.sentry.io/0"
+```
+
+### Assigning Tags
+
+You can optionally attach one or more arbitrary tags to the outgoing error reports if desired by setting the `SENTRY_TAGS` parameter:
+
+```python
+SENTRY_TAGS = {
+    "custom.foo": "123",
+    "custom.bar": "abc",
+}
+```
+
+!!! warning "Reserved tag prefixes"
+    Avoid using any tag names which begin with `netbox.`, as this prefix is reserved by the NetBox application.
+
+### Testing
+
+Once the configuration has been saved, restart the NetBox service.
+
+To test Sentry operation, try generating a 404 (page not found) error by navigating to an invalid URL, such as `https://netbox/404-error-testing`. (Be sure that debug mode has been disabled.) After receiving a 404 response from the NetBox server, you should see the issue appear shortly in Sentry.

docs/administration/housekeeping.md

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+# Housekeeping
+
+NetBox includes a `housekeeping` management command that should be run nightly. This command handles:
+
+* Clearing expired authentication sessions from the database
+* Deleting changelog records older than the configured [retention time](../configuration/miscellaneous.md#changelog_retention)
+* Deleting job result records older than the configured [retention time](../configuration/miscellaneous.md#job_retention)
+* Check for new NetBox releases (if [`RELEASE_CHECK_URL`](../configuration/miscellaneous.md#release_check_url) is set)
+
+This command can be invoked directly, or by using the shell script provided at `/opt/netbox/contrib/netbox-housekeeping.sh`.
+
+## Scheduling
+
+### Using Cron
+
+This script can be linked from your cron scheduler's daily jobs directory (e.g. `/etc/cron.daily`) or referenced directly within the cron configuration file.
+
+```shell
+sudo ln -s /opt/netbox/contrib/netbox-housekeeping.sh /etc/cron.daily/netbox-housekeeping
+```
+
+!!! note
+    On Debian-based systems, be sure to omit the `.sh` file extension when linking to the script from within a cron directory. Otherwise, the task may not run.
+
+### Using Systemd
+
+First, create symbolic links for the systemd service and timer files. Link the existing service and timer files from the `/opt/netbox/contrib/` directory to the `/etc/systemd/system/` directory:
+
+```bash
+sudo ln -s /opt/netbox/contrib/netbox-housekeeping.service /etc/systemd/system/netbox-housekeeping.service
+sudo ln -s /opt/netbox/contrib/netbox-housekeeping.timer /etc/systemd/system/netbox-housekeeping.timer
+```
+
+Then, reload the systemd configuration and enable the timer to start automatically at boot:
+
+```bash
+sudo systemctl daemon-reload
+sudo systemctl enable --now netbox-housekeeping.timer
+```
+
+Check the status of your timer by running:
+
+```bash
+sudo systemctl list-timers --all
+```
+
+This command will show a list of all timers, including your `netbox-housekeeping.timer`. Make sure the timer is active and properly scheduled.
+
+That's it! Your NetBox housekeeping service is now configured to run daily using systemd.

docs/administration/netbox-shell.md

@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ This will launch a lightly customized version of [the built-in Django shell](htt
 ```
 $ ./manage.py nbshell
 ### NetBox interactive shell (localhost)
-### Python 3.6.9 | Django 2.2.11 | NetBox 2.7.10
+### Python 3.7.10 | Django 3.2.5 | NetBox 3.0
 ### lsmodels() will show available models. Use help(<model>) for more info.
 ```
 
@@ -153,15 +153,10 @@ New objects can be created by instantiating the desired model, defining values f
 ```
 >>> lab1 = Site.objects.get(pk=7)
 >>> myvlan = VLAN(vid=123, name='MyNewVLAN', site=lab1)
+>>> myvlan.full_clean()
 >>> myvlan.save()
 ```
 
-Alternatively, the above can be performed as a single operation. (Note, however, that `save()` does _not_ return the new instance for reuse.)
-
-```
->>> VLAN(vid=123, name='MyNewVLAN', site=Site.objects.get(pk=7)).save()
-```
-
 To modify an existing object, we retrieve it, update the desired field(s), and call `save()` again.
 
 ```
@@ -169,6 +164,7 @@ To modify an existing object, we retrieve it, update the desired field(s), and c
 >>> vlan.name
 'MyNewVLAN'
 >>> vlan.name = 'BetterName'
+>>> vlan.full_clean()
 >>> vlan.save()
 >>> VLAN.objects.get(pk=1280).name
 'BetterName'
@@ -185,7 +181,7 @@ To delete an object, simply call `delete()` on its instance. This will return a
 >>> vlan
 <VLAN: 123 (BetterName)>
 >>> vlan.delete()
-(1, {'extras.CustomFieldValue': 0, 'ipam.VLAN': 1})
+(1, {'ipam.VLAN': 1})
 ```
 
 To delete multiple objects at once, call `delete()` on a filtered queryset. It's a good idea to always sanity-check the count of selected objects _before_ deleting them.
@@ -194,9 +190,9 @@ To delete multiple objects at once, call `delete()` on a filtered queryset. It's
 >>> Device.objects.filter(name__icontains='test').count()
 27
 >>> Device.objects.filter(name__icontains='test').delete()
-(35, {'extras.CustomFieldValue': 0, 'dcim.DeviceBay': 0, 'secrets.Secret': 0,
-'dcim.InterfaceConnection': 4, 'extras.ImageAttachment': 0, 'dcim.Device': 27,
-'dcim.Interface': 4, 'dcim.ConsolePort': 0, 'dcim.PowerPort': 0})
+(35, {'dcim.DeviceBay': 0, 'dcim.InterfaceConnection': 4,
+'extras.ImageAttachment': 0, 'dcim.Device': 27, 'dcim.Interface': 4,
+'dcim.ConsolePort': 0, 'dcim.PowerPort': 0})
 ```
 
 !!! warning

docs/administration/permissions.md

@@ -1,8 +1,78 @@
-# Permissions
+# Object-Based Permissions
 
-NetBox v2.9 introduced a new object-based permissions framework, which replace's Django's built-in permissions model. Object-based permissions enable an administrator to grant users or groups the ability to perform an action on arbitrary subsets of objects in NetBox, rather than all objects of a certain type. For example, it is possible to grant a user permission to view only sites within a particular region, or to modify only VLANs with a numeric ID within a certain range.
+NetBox employs a new object-based permissions framework, which replaces Django's built-in permissions model. Object-based permissions enable an administrator to grant users or groups the ability to perform an action on arbitrary subsets of objects in NetBox, rather than all objects of a certain type. For example, it is possible to grant a user permission to view only sites within a particular region, or to modify only VLANs with a numeric ID within a certain range.
 
-{!docs/models/users/objectpermission.md!}
+A permission in NetBox represents a relationship shared by several components:
+
+* Object type(s) - One or more types of object in NetBox
+* User(s)/Group(s) - One or more users or groups of users
+* Action(s) - The action(s) that can be performed on an object
+* Constraints - An arbitrary filter used to limit the granted action(s) to a specific subset of objects
+
+At a minimum, a permission assignment must specify one object type, one user or group, and one action. The specification of constraints is optional: A permission without any constraints specified will apply to all instances of the selected model(s).
+
+## Actions
+
+There are four core actions that can be permitted for each type of object within NetBox, roughly analogous to the CRUD convention (create, read, update, and delete):
+
+* **View** - Retrieve an object from the database
+* **Add** - Create a new object
+* **Change** - Modify an existing object
+* **Delete** - Delete an existing object
+
+In addition to these, permissions can also grant custom actions that may be required by a specific model or plugin. For example, the `run` permission for scripts allows a user to execute custom scripts. These can be specified when granting a permission in the "additional actions" field.
+
+!!! note
+    Internally, all actions granted by a permission (both built-in and custom) are stored as strings in an array field named `actions`.
+
+## Constraints
+
+Constraints are expressed as a JSON object or list representing a [Django query filter](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/ref/models/querysets/#field-lookups). This is the same syntax that you would pass to the QuerySet `filter()` method when performing a query using the Django ORM. As with query filters, double underscores can be used to traverse related objects or invoke lookup expressions. Some example queries and their corresponding definitions are shown below.
+
+All attributes defined within a single JSON object are applied with a logical AND. For example, suppose you assign a permission for the site model with the following constraints.
+
+```json
+{
+  "status": "active",
+  "region__name": "Americas"
+}
+```
+
+The permission will grant access only to sites which have a status of "active" **and** which are assigned to the "Americas" region.
+
+To achieve a logical OR with a different set of constraints, define multiple objects within a list. For example, if you want to constrain the permission to VLANs with an ID between 100 and 199 _or_ a status of "reserved," do the following:
+
+```json
+[
+  {
+    "vid__gte": 100,
+    "vid__lt": 200
+  },
+  {
+    "status": "reserved"
+  }
+]
+```
+
+Additionally, where multiple permissions have been assigned for an object type, their collective constraints will be merged using a logical "OR" operation.
+
+### User Token
+
+When defining a permission constraint, administrators may use the special token `$user` to reference the current user at the time of evaluation. This can be helpful to restrict users to editing only their own journal entries, for example. Such a constraint might be defined as:
+
+```json
+{
+  "created_by": "$user"
+}
+```
+
+The `$user` token can be used only as a constraint value, or as an item within a list of values. It cannot be modified or extended to reference specific user attributes.
+
+### Default Permissions
+
+!!! info "This feature was introduced in NetBox v3.6."
+
+While permissions are typically assigned to specific groups and/or users, it is also possible to define a set of default permissions that are applied to _all_ authenticated users. This is done using the [`DEFAULT_PERMISSIONS`](../configuration/security.md#default_permissions) configuration parameter. Note that statically configuring permissions for specific users or groups is **not** supported.
 
 ### Example Constraint Definitions
 
@@ -10,7 +80,7 @@ NetBox v2.9 introduced a new object-based permissions framework, which replace's
 | ----------- | ----------- |
 | `{"status": "active"}` | Status is active |
 | `{"status__in": ["planned", "reserved"]}` | Status is active **OR** reserved |
-| `{"status": "active", "role": "testing"}` | Status is active **OR** role is testing |
+| `{"status": "active", "role": "testing"}` | Status is active **AND** role is testing |
 | `{"name__startswith": "Foo"}` | Name starts with "Foo" (case-sensitive) |
 | `{"name__iendswith": "bar"}` | Name ends with "bar" (case-insensitive) |
 | `{"vid__gte": 100, "vid__lt": 200}` | VLAN ID is greater than or equal to 100 **AND** less than 200 |

docs/administration/replicating-netbox.md

@@ -12,13 +12,16 @@ NetBox employs a [PostgreSQL](https://www.postgresql.org/) database, so general
 Use the `pg_dump` utility to export the entire database to a file:
 
 ```no-highlight
-pg_dump netbox > netbox.sql
+pg_dump --username netbox --password --host localhost netbox > netbox.sql
 ```
 
+!!! note
+    You may need to change the username, host, and/or database in the command above to match your installation.
+
 When replicating a production database for development purposes, you may find it convenient to exclude changelog data, which can easily account for the bulk of a database's size. To do this, exclude the `extras_objectchange` table data from the export. The table will still be included in the output file, but will not be populated with any data.
 
 ```no-highlight
-pg_dump --exclude-table-data=extras_objectchange netbox > netbox.sql
+pg_dump ... --exclude-table-data=extras_objectchange netbox > netbox.sql
 ```
 
 ### Load an Exported Database
@@ -41,7 +44,7 @@ Keep in mind that PostgreSQL user accounts and permissions are not included with
 If you want to export only the database schema, and not the data itself (e.g. for development reference), do the following:
 
 ```no-highlight
-pg_dump -s netbox > netbox_schema.sql
+pg_dump --username netbox --password --host localhost -s netbox > netbox_schema.sql
 ```
 
 ---
@@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ pg_dump -s netbox > netbox_schema.sql
 By default, NetBox stores uploaded files (such as image attachments) in its media directory. To fully replicate an instance of NetBox, you'll need to copy both the database and the media files.
 
 !!! note
-    These operations are not necessary if your installation is utilizing a [remote storage backend](../../configuration/optional-settings/#storage_backend).
+    These operations are not necessary if your installation is utilizing a [remote storage backend](../configuration/system.md#storage_backend).
 
 ### Archive the Media Directory
 
@@ -68,13 +71,3 @@ To extract the saved archive into a new installation, run the following from the
 ```no-highlight
 tar -xf netbox_media.tar.gz
 ```
-
----
-
-## Cache Invalidation
-
-If you are migrating your instance of NetBox to a different machine, be sure to first invalidate the cache by performing this command:
-
-```no-highlight
-python3 manage.py invalidate all
-```

docs/configuration/data-validation.md

@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+# Data & Validation Parameters
+
+## CUSTOM_VALIDATORS
+
+!!! tip "Dynamic Configuration Parameter"
+
+This is a mapping of models to [custom validators](../customization/custom-validation.md) that have been defined locally to enforce custom validation logic. An example is provided below:
+
+```python
+CUSTOM_VALIDATORS = {
+    "dcim.site": [
+        {
+            "name": {
+                "min_length": 5,
+                "max_length": 30
+            }
+        },
+        "my_plugin.validators.Validator1"
+    ],
+    "dim.device": [
+        "my_plugin.validators.Validator1"
+    ]
+}
+```
+
+---
+
+## FIELD_CHOICES
+
+Some static choice fields on models can be configured with custom values. This is done by defining `FIELD_CHOICES` as a dictionary mapping model fields to their choices. Each choice in the list must have a database value and a human-friendly label, and may optionally specify a color. (A list of available colors is provided below.)
+
+The choices provided can either replace the stock choices provided by NetBox, or append to them. To _replace_ the available choices, specify the app, model, and field name separated by dots. For example, the site model would be referenced as `dcim.Site.status`. To _extend_ the available choices, append a plus sign to the end of this string (e.g. `dcim.Site.status+`).
+
+For example, the following configuration would replace the default site status choices with the options Foo, Bar, and Baz:
+
+```python
+FIELD_CHOICES = {
+    'dcim.Site.status': (
+        ('foo', 'Foo', 'red'),
+        ('bar', 'Bar', 'green'),
+        ('baz', 'Baz', 'blue'),
+    )
+}
+```
+
+Appending a plus sign to the field identifier would instead _add_ these choices to the ones already offered:
+
+```python
+FIELD_CHOICES = {
+    'dcim.Site.status+': (
+        ...
+    )
+}
+```
+
+The following model fields support configurable choices:
+
+* `circuits.Circuit.status`
+* `dcim.Device.status`
+* `dcim.Location.status`
+* `dcim.Module.status`
+* `dcim.PowerFeed.status`
+* `dcim.Rack.status`
+* `dcim.Site.status`
+* `dcim.VirtualDeviceContext.status`
+* `extras.JournalEntry.kind`
+* `ipam.IPAddress.status`
+* `ipam.IPRange.status`
+* `ipam.Prefix.status`
+* `ipam.VLAN.status`
+* `virtualization.Cluster.status`
+* `virtualization.VirtualMachine.status`
+* `wireless.WirelessLAN.status`
+
+The following colors are supported:
+
+* `blue`
+* `indigo`
+* `purple`
+* `pink`
+* `red`
+* `orange`
+* `yellow`
+* `green`
+* `teal`
+* `cyan`
+* `gray`
+* `black`
+* `white`

docs/configuration/date-time.md

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+# Date & Time Parameters
+
+## TIME_ZONE
+
+Default: UTC
+
+The time zone NetBox will use when dealing with dates and times. It is recommended to use UTC time unless you have a specific need to use a local time zone. Please see the [list of available time zones](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones).
+
+## Date and Time Formatting
+
+You may define custom formatting for date and times. For detailed instructions on writing format strings, please see [the Django documentation](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/ref/templates/builtins/#date). Default formats are listed below.
+
+```python
+DATE_FORMAT = 'N j, Y'               # June 26, 2016
+SHORT_DATE_FORMAT = 'Y-m-d'          # 2016-06-26
+TIME_FORMAT = 'g:i a'                # 1:23 p.m.
+SHORT_TIME_FORMAT = 'H:i:s'          # 13:23:00
+DATETIME_FORMAT = 'N j, Y g:i a'     # June 26, 2016 1:23 p.m.
+SHORT_DATETIME_FORMAT = 'Y-m-d H:i'  # 2016-06-26 13:23
+```

docs/configuration/default-values.md

@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+# Default Value Parameters
+
+## DEFAULT_DASHBOARD
+
+This parameter controls the content and layout of user's default dashboard. Once the dashboard has been created, the user is free to customize it as they please by adding, removing, and reconfiguring widgets.
+
+This parameter must specify an iterable of dictionaries, each representing a discrete dashboard widget and its configuration. The follow widget attributes are supported:
+
+* `widget`: Dotted path to the Python class (required)
+* `width`: Default widget width (between 1 and 12, inclusive)
+* `height`: Default widget height, in rows
+* `title`: Widget title
+* `color`: Color of the widget's title bar, specified by name
+* `config`: Dictionary mapping of any widget configuration parameters
+
+A brief example configuration is provided below.
+
+```python
+DEFAULT_DASHBOARD = [
+    {
+        'widget': 'extras.ObjectCountsWidget',
+        'width': 4,
+        'height': 3,
+        'title': 'Organization',
+        'config': {
+            'models': [
+                'dcim.site',
+                'tenancy.tenant',
+                'tenancy.contact',
+            ]
+        }
+    },
+    {
+        'widget': 'extras.ObjectCountsWidget',
+        'width': 4,
+        'height': 3,
+        'title': 'IPAM',
+        'color': 'blue',
+        'config': {
+            'models': [
+                'ipam.prefix',
+                'ipam.iprange',
+                'ipam.ipaddress',
+            ]
+        }
+    },
+]
+```
+
+## DEFAULT_USER_PREFERENCES
+
+!!! tip "Dynamic Configuration Parameter"
+
+This is a dictionary defining the default preferences to be set for newly-created user accounts. For example, to set the default page size for all users to 100, define the following:
+
+```python
+DEFAULT_USER_PREFERENCES = {
+    "pagination": {
+        "per_page": 100
+    }
+}
+```
+
+For a complete list of available preferences, log into NetBox and navigate to `/user/preferences/`. A period in a preference name indicates a level of nesting in the JSON data. The example above maps to `pagination.per_page`.
+
+---
+
+## PAGINATE_COUNT
+
+!!! tip "Dynamic Configuration Parameter"
+
+Default: 50
+
+The default maximum number of objects to display per page within each list of objects.
+
+---
+
+## POWERFEED_DEFAULT_AMPERAGE
+
+!!! tip "Dynamic Configuration Parameter"
+
+Default: 15
+
+The default value for the `amperage` field when creating new power feeds.
+
+---
+
+## POWERFEED_DEFAULT_MAX_UTILIZATION
+
+!!! tip "Dynamic Configuration Parameter"
+
+Default: 80
+
+The default value (percentage) for the `max_utilization` field when creating new power feeds.
+
+---
+
+## POWERFEED_DEFAULT_VOLTAGE
+
+!!! tip "Dynamic Configuration Parameter"
+
+Default: 120
+
+The default value for the `voltage` field when creating new power feeds.
+
+---
+
+## RACK_ELEVATION_DEFAULT_UNIT_HEIGHT
+
+!!! tip "Dynamic Configuration Parameter"
+
+Default: 22
+
+Default height (in pixels) of a unit within a rack elevation. For best results, this should be approximately one tenth of `RACK_ELEVATION_DEFAULT_UNIT_WIDTH`.
+
+---
+
+## RACK_ELEVATION_DEFAULT_UNIT_WIDTH
+
+!!! tip "Dynamic Configuration Parameter"
+
+Default: 220
+
+Default width (in pixels) of a unit within a rack elevation.

docs/configuration/development.md

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# Development Parameters
+
+## DEBUG
+
+Default: False
+
+This setting enables debugging. Debugging should be enabled only during development or troubleshooting. Note that only
+clients which access NetBox from a recognized [internal IP address](#internal_ips) will see debugging tools in the user
+interface.
+
+!!! warning
+    Never enable debugging on a production system, as it can expose sensitive data to unauthenticated users and impose a
+    substantial performance penalty.
+
+---
+
+## DEVELOPER
+
+Default: False
+
+This parameter serves as a safeguard to prevent some potentially dangerous behavior, such as generating new database schema migrations. Additionally, enabling this setting disables the debug warning banner in the UI. Set this to `True` **only** if you are actively developing the NetBox code base.

docs/configuration/error-reporting.md

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+# Error Reporting Settings
+
+## SENTRY_DSN
+
+Default: None
+
+Defines a Sentry data source name (DSN) for automated error reporting. `SENTRY_ENABLED` must be True for this parameter to take effect. For example:
+
+```
+SENTRY_DSN = "https://examplePublicKey@o0.ingest.sentry.io/0"
+```
+
+---
+
+## SENTRY_ENABLED
+
+Default: False
+
+Set to True to enable automatic error reporting via [Sentry](https://sentry.io/).
+
+---
+
+## SENTRY_SAMPLE_RATE
+
+Default: 1.0 (all)
+
+The sampling rate for errors. Must be a value between 0 (disabled) and 1.0 (report on all errors).
+
+---
+
+## SENTRY_TAGS
+
+An optional dictionary of tag names and values to apply to Sentry error reports.For example:
+
+```
+SENTRY_TAGS = {
+    "custom.foo": "123",
+    "custom.bar": "abc",
+}
+```
+
+!!! warning "Reserved tag prefixes"
+    Avoid using any tag names which begin with `netbox.`, as this prefix is reserved by the NetBox application.
+
+---
+
+## SENTRY_TRACES_SAMPLE_RATE
+
+Default: 0 (disabled)
+
+The sampling rate for transactions. Must be a value between 0 (disabled) and 1.0 (report on all transactions).
+
+!!! warning "Consider performance implications"
+    A high sampling rate for transactions can induce significant performance penalties. If transaction reporting is desired, it is recommended to use a relatively low sample rate of 10% to 20% (0.1 to 0.2).

docs/configuration/index.md

@@ -1,18 +1,49 @@
 # NetBox Configuration
 
-NetBox's local configuration is stored in `$INSTALL_ROOT/netbox/netbox/configuration.py`. An example configuration is provided as `configuration.example.py`. You may copy or rename the example configuration and make changes as appropriate. NetBox will not run without a configuration file.
+## Configuration File
 
-While NetBox has many configuration settings, only a few of them must be defined at the time of installation.
+NetBox's configuration file contains all the important parameters which control how NetBox functions: database settings, security controls, user preferences, and so on. While the default configuration suffices out of the box for most use cases, there are a few [required parameters](./required-parameters.md) which **must** be defined during installation. 
 
-## Configuration Parameters
+The configuration file is loaded from `$INSTALL_ROOT/netbox/netbox/configuration.py` by default. An example configuration is provided at `configuration_example.py`, which you may copy to use as your default config. Note that a configuration file must be defined; NetBox will not run without one.
 
-* [Required settings](required-settings.md)
-* [Optional settings](optional-settings.md)
+!!! info "Customizing the Configuration Module"
+    A custom configuration module may be specified by setting the `NETBOX_CONFIGURATION` environment variable. This must be a dotted path to the desired Python module. For example, a file named `my_config.py` in the same directory as `settings.py` would be referenced as `netbox.my_config`.
 
-## Changing the Configuration
+    To keep things simple, the NetBox documentation refers to the configuration file simply as `configuration.py`.
 
-Configuration settings may be changed at any time. However, the WSGI service (e.g. Gunicorn) must be restarted before the changes will take effect:
+Some configuration parameters may alternatively be defined either in `configuration.py` or within the administrative section of the user interface. Settings which are "hard-coded" in the configuration file take precedence over those defined via the UI.
+
+## Dynamic Configuration Parameters
+
+Some configuration parameters are primarily controlled via NetBox's admin interface (under Admin > Extras > Configuration Revisions). These are noted where applicable in the documentation. These settings may also be overridden in `configuration.py` to prevent them from being modified via the UI. A complete list of supported parameters is provided below:
+
+* [`ALLOWED_URL_SCHEMES`](./security.md#allowed_url_schemes)
+* [`BANNER_BOTTOM`](./miscellaneous.md#banner_bottom)
+* [`BANNER_LOGIN`](./miscellaneous.md#banner_login)
+* [`BANNER_TOP`](./miscellaneous.md#banner_top)
+* [`CHANGELOG_RETENTION`](./miscellaneous.md#changelog_retention)
+* [`CUSTOM_VALIDATORS`](./data-validation.md#custom_validators)
+* [`DEFAULT_USER_PREFERENCES`](./default-values.md#default_user_preferences)
+* [`ENFORCE_GLOBAL_UNIQUE`](./miscellaneous.md#enforce_global_unique)
+* [`GRAPHQL_ENABLED`](./miscellaneous.md#graphql_enabled)
+* [`JOB_RETENTION`](./miscellaneous.md#job_retention)
+* [`MAINTENANCE_MODE`](./miscellaneous.md#maintenance_mode)
+* [`MAPS_URL`](./miscellaneous.md#maps_url)
+* [`MAX_PAGE_SIZE`](./miscellaneous.md#max_page_size)
+* [`PAGINATE_COUNT`](./default-values.md#paginate_count)
+* [`POWERFEED_DEFAULT_AMPERAGE`](./default-values.md#powerfeed_default_amperage)
+* [`POWERFEED_DEFAULT_MAX_UTILIZATION`](./default-values.md#powerfeed_default_max_utilization)
+* [`POWERFEED_DEFAULT_VOLTAGE`](./default-values.md#powerfeed_default_voltage)
+* [`PREFER_IPV4`](./miscellaneous.md#prefer_ipv4)
+* [`RACK_ELEVATION_DEFAULT_UNIT_HEIGHT`](./default-values.md#rack_elevation_default_unit_height)
+* [`RACK_ELEVATION_DEFAULT_UNIT_WIDTH`](./default-values.md#rack_elevation_default_unit_width)
+
+## Modifying the Configuration
+
+The configuration file may be modified at any time. However, the WSGI service (e.g. Gunicorn) must be restarted before these changes will take effect:
 
 ```no-highlight
 $ sudo systemctl restart netbox
 ```
+
+Configuration parameters which are set via the admin UI (those listed under "dynamic settings") take effect immediately.

docs/configuration/miscellaneous.md

@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
+# Miscellaneous Parameters
+
+## ADMINS
+
+NetBox will email details about critical errors to the administrators listed here. This should be a list of (name, email) tuples. For example:
+
+```python
+ADMINS = [
+    ['Hank Hill', 'hhill@example.com'],
+    ['Dale Gribble', 'dgribble@example.com'],
+]
+```
+
+---
+
+## BANNER_BOTTOM
+
+!!! tip "Dynamic Configuration Parameter"
+
+Sets content for the bottom banner in the user interface.
+
+---
+
+## BANNER_LOGIN
+
+!!! tip "Dynamic Configuration Parameter"
+
+This defines custom content to be displayed on the login page above the login form. HTML is allowed.
+
+---
+
+## BANNER_MAINTENANCE
+
+!!! tip "Dynamic Configuration Parameter"
+
+!!! note
+    This parameter was added in NetBox v3.5.
+
+This adds a banner to the top of every page when maintenance mode is enabled. HTML is allowed.
+
+---
+
+## BANNER_TOP
+
+!!! tip "Dynamic Configuration Parameter"
+
+Sets content for the top banner in the user interface.
+
+!!! tip
+    If you'd like the top and bottom banners to match, set the following:
+    
+    ```python
+    BANNER_TOP = 'Your banner text'
+    BANNER_BOTTOM = BANNER_TOP
+    ```
+
+---
+
+## CENSUS_REPORTING_ENABLED
+
+Default: True
+
+Enables anonymous census reporting. To opt out of census reporting, set this to False.
+
+This data enables the project maintainers to estimate how many NetBox deployments exist and track the adoption of new versions over time. Census reporting effects a single HTTP request each time a worker starts. The only data reported by this function are the NetBox version, Python version, and a pseudorandom unique identifier.
+
+---
+
+## CHANGELOG_RETENTION
+
+!!! tip "Dynamic Configuration Parameter"
+
+Default: 90
+
+The number of days to retain logged changes (object creations, updates, and deletions). Set this to `0` to retain
+changes in the database indefinitely.
+
+!!! warning
+    If enabling indefinite changelog retention, it is recommended to periodically delete old entries. Otherwise, the database may eventually exceed capacity.
+
+---
+
+## DATA_UPLOAD_MAX_MEMORY_SIZE
+
+Default: `2621440` (2.5 MB)
+
+The maximum size (in bytes) of an incoming HTTP request (i.e. `GET` or `POST` data). Requests which exceed this size will raise a `RequestDataTooBig` exception.
+
+---
+
+## ENFORCE_GLOBAL_UNIQUE
+
+!!! tip "Dynamic Configuration Parameter"
+
+Default: False
+
+By default, NetBox will permit users to create duplicate prefixes and IP addresses in the global table (that is, those which are not assigned to any VRF). This behavior can be disabled by setting `ENFORCE_GLOBAL_UNIQUE` to True.
+
+---
+
+## FILE_UPLOAD_MAX_MEMORY_SIZE
+
+Default: `2621440` (2.5 MB)
+
+The maximum amount (in bytes) of uploaded data that will be held in memory before being written to the filesystem. Changing this setting can be useful for example to be able to upload files bigger than 2.5MB to custom scripts for processing.
+
+---
+
+## GRAPHQL_ENABLED
+
+!!! tip "Dynamic Configuration Parameter"
+
+Default: True
+
+Setting this to False will disable the GraphQL API.
+
+---
+
+## JOB_RETENTION
+
+!!! tip "Dynamic Configuration Parameter"
+
+!!! note
+    This parameter was renamed from `JOBRESULT_RETENTION` in NetBox v3.5.
+
+Default: 90
+
+The number of days to retain job results (scripts and reports). Set this to `0` to retain job results in the database indefinitely.
+
+!!! warning
+    If enabling indefinite job results retention, it is recommended to periodically delete old entries. Otherwise, the database may eventually exceed capacity.
+
+---
+
+## MAINTENANCE_MODE
+
+!!! tip "Dynamic Configuration Parameter"
+
+Default: False
+
+Setting this to True will display a "maintenance mode" banner at the top of every page. Additionally, NetBox will no longer update a user's "last active" time upon login. This is to allow new logins when the database is in a read-only state. Recording of login times will resume when maintenance mode is disabled.
+
+---
+
+## MAPS_URL
+
+!!! tip "Dynamic Configuration Parameter"
+
+Default: `https://maps.google.com/?q=` (Google Maps)
+
+This specifies the URL to use when presenting a map of a physical location by street address or GPS coordinates. The URL must accept either a free-form street address or a comma-separated pair of numeric coordinates appended to it. Set this to `None` to disable the "map it" button within the UI.
+
+---
+
+## MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+
+!!! tip "Dynamic Configuration Parameter"
+
+Default: 1000
+
+A web user or API consumer can request an arbitrary number of objects by appending the "limit" parameter to the URL (e.g. `?limit=1000`). This parameter defines the maximum acceptable limit. Setting this to `0` or `None` will allow a client to retrieve _all_ matching objects at once with no limit by specifying `?limit=0`.
+
+---
+
+## METRICS_ENABLED
+
+Default: False
+
+Toggle the availability Prometheus-compatible metrics at `/metrics`. See the [Prometheus Metrics](../integrations/prometheus-metrics.md) documentation for more details.
+
+---
+
+## PREFER_IPV4
+
+!!! tip "Dynamic Configuration Parameter"
+
+Default: False
+
+When determining the primary IP address for a device, IPv6 is preferred over IPv4 by default. Set this to True to prefer IPv4 instead.
+
+---
+
+## QUEUE_MAPPINGS
+
+Allows changing which queues are used internally for background tasks.
+
+```python
+QUEUE_MAPPINGS = {
+    'webhook': 'low',
+    'report': 'high',
+    'script': 'high',
+}
+```
+
+If no queue is defined the queue named `default` will be used.
+
+---
+
+## RELEASE_CHECK_URL
+
+Default: None (disabled)
+
+This parameter defines the URL of the repository that will be checked for new NetBox releases. When a new release is detected, a message will be displayed to administrative users on the home page. This can be set to the official repository (`'https://api.github.com/repos/netbox-community/netbox/releases'`) or a custom fork. Set this to `None` to disable automatic update checks.
+
+!!! note
+    The URL provided **must** be compatible with the [GitHub REST API](https://docs.github.com/en/rest).
+
+---
+
+## RQ_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT
+
+Default: `300`
+
+The maximum execution time of a background task (such as running a custom script), in seconds.
+
+---
+
+## RQ_RETRY_INTERVAL
+
+!!! note
+    This parameter was added in NetBox v3.5.
+
+Default: `60`
+
+This parameter controls how frequently a failed job is retried, up to the maximum number of times specified by `RQ_RETRY_MAX`. This must be either an integer specifying the number of seconds to wait between successive attempts, or a list of such values. For example, `[60, 300, 3600]` will retry the task after 1 minute, 5 minutes, and 1 hour.
+
+---
+
+## RQ_RETRY_MAX
+
+!!! note
+    This parameter was added in NetBox v3.5.
+
+Default: `0` (retries disabled)
+
+The maximum number of times a background task will be retried before being marked as failed.

docs/configuration/optional-settings.md

@@ -1,549 +0,0 @@
-# Optional Configuration Settings
-
-## ADMINS
-
-NetBox will email details about critical errors to the administrators listed here. This should be a list of (name, email) tuples. For example:
-
-```python
-ADMINS = [
-    ['Hank Hill', 'hhill@example.com'],
-    ['Dale Gribble', 'dgribble@example.com'],
-]
-```
-
----
-
-## ALLOWED_URL_SCHEMES
-
-Default: `('file', 'ftp', 'ftps', 'http', 'https', 'irc', 'mailto', 'sftp', 'ssh', 'tel', 'telnet', 'tftp', 'vnc', 'xmpp')`
-
-A list of permitted URL schemes referenced when rendering links within NetBox. Note that only the schemes specified in this list will be accepted: If adding your own, be sure to replicate all of the default values as well (excluding those schemes which are not desirable).
-
----
-
-## BANNER_TOP
-
-## BANNER_BOTTOM
-
-Setting these variables will display custom content in a banner at the top and/or bottom of the page, respectively. HTML is allowed. To replicate the content of the top banner in the bottom banner, set:
-
-```python
-BANNER_TOP = 'Your banner text'
-BANNER_BOTTOM = BANNER_TOP
-```
-
----
-
-## BANNER_LOGIN
-
-This defines custom content to be displayed on the login page above the login form. HTML is allowed.
-
----
-
-## BASE_PATH
-
-Default: None
-
-The base URL path to use when accessing NetBox. Do not include the scheme or domain name. For example, if installed at http://example.com/netbox/, set:
-
-```python
-BASE_PATH = 'netbox/'
-```
-
----
-
-## CACHE_TIMEOUT
-
-Default: 900
-
-The number of seconds to cache entries will be retained before expiring.
-
----
-
-## CHANGELOG_RETENTION
-
-Default: 90
-
-The number of days to retain logged changes (object creations, updates, and deletions). Set this to `0` to retain
-changes in the database indefinitely.
-
-!!! warning
-    If enabling indefinite changelog retention, it is recommended to periodically delete old entries. Otherwise, the database may eventually exceed capacity.
-
----
-
-## CORS_ORIGIN_ALLOW_ALL
-
-Default: False
-
-If True, cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) requests will be accepted from all origins. If False, a whitelist will be used (see below).
-
----
-
-## CORS_ORIGIN_WHITELIST
-
-## CORS_ORIGIN_REGEX_WHITELIST
-
-These settings specify a list of origins that are authorized to make cross-site API requests. Use
-`CORS_ORIGIN_WHITELIST` to define a list of exact hostnames, or `CORS_ORIGIN_REGEX_WHITELIST` to define a set of regular 
-expressions. (These settings have no effect if `CORS_ORIGIN_ALLOW_ALL` is True.) For example:
-
-```python
-CORS_ORIGIN_WHITELIST = [
-    'https://example.com',
-]
-```
-
----
-
-## DEBUG
-
-Default: False
-
-This setting enables debugging. Debugging should be enabled only during development or troubleshooting. Note that only
-clients which access NetBox from a recognized [internal IP address](#internal_ips) will see debugging tools in the user
-interface.
-
-!!! warning
-    Never enable debugging on a production system, as it can expose sensitive data to unauthenticated users and impose a
-    substantial performance penalty.
-
----
-
-## DEVELOPER
-
-Default: False
-
-This parameter serves as a safeguard to prevent some potentially dangerous behavior, such as generating new database schema migrations. Set this to `True` **only** if you are actively developing the NetBox code base.
-
----
-
-## DOCS_ROOT
-
-Default: `$INSTALL_ROOT/docs/`
-
-The filesystem path to NetBox's documentation. This is used when presenting context-sensitive documentation in the web UI. By default, this will be the `docs/` directory within the root NetBox installation path. (Set this to `None` to disable the embedded documentation.)
-
----
-
-## EMAIL
-
-In order to send email, NetBox needs an email server configured. The following items can be defined within the `EMAIL` configuration parameter:
-
-* `SERVER` - Hostname or IP address of the email server (use `localhost` if running locally)
-* `PORT` - TCP port to use for the connection (default: `25`)
-* `USERNAME` - Username with which to authenticate
-* `PASSSWORD` - Password with which to authenticate
-* `USE_SSL` - Use SSL when connecting to the server (default: `False`)
-* `USE_TLS` - Use TLS when connecting to the server (default: `False`)
-* `SSL_CERTFILE` - Path to the PEM-formatted SSL certificate file (optional)
-* `SSL_KEYFILE` - Path to the PEM-formatted SSL private key file (optional)
-* `TIMEOUT` - Amount of time to wait for a connection, in seconds (default: `10`)
-* `FROM_EMAIL` - Sender address for emails sent by NetBox
-
-!!! note
-    The `USE_SSL` and `USE_TLS` parameters are mutually exclusive.
-
-Email is sent from NetBox only for critical events or if configured for [logging](#logging). If you would like to test the email server configuration, Django provides a convenient [send_mail()](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/topics/email/#send-mail) fuction accessible within the NetBox shell:
-
-```no-highlight
-# python ./manage.py nbshell
->>> from django.core.mail import send_mail
->>> send_mail(
-  'Test Email Subject',
-  'Test Email Body',
-  'noreply-netbox@example.com',
-  ['users@example.com'],
-  fail_silently=False
-)
-```
-
----
-
-## ENFORCE_GLOBAL_UNIQUE
-
-Default: False
-
-By default, NetBox will permit users to create duplicate prefixes and IP addresses in the global table (that is, those which are not assigned to any VRF). This behavior can be disabled by setting `ENFORCE_GLOBAL_UNIQUE` to True.
-
----
-
-## EXEMPT_VIEW_PERMISSIONS
-
-Default: Empty list
-
-A list of NetBox models to exempt from the enforcement of view permissions. Models listed here will be viewable by all users, both authenticated and anonymous.
-
-List models in the form `<app>.<model>`. For example:
-
-```python
-EXEMPT_VIEW_PERMISSIONS = [
-    'dcim.site',
-    'dcim.region',
-    'ipam.prefix',
-]
-```
-
-To exempt _all_ models from view permission enforcement, set the following. (Note that `EXEMPT_VIEW_PERMISSIONS` must be an iterable.)
-
-```python
-EXEMPT_VIEW_PERMISSIONS = ['*']
-```
-
-!!! note
-    Using a wildcard will not affect certain potentially sensitive models, such as user permissions. If there is a need to exempt these models, they must be specified individually.
-
----
-
-## HTTP_PROXIES
-
-Default: None
-
-A dictionary of HTTP proxies to use for outbound requests originating from NetBox (e.g. when sending webhook requests). Proxies should be specified by schema (HTTP and HTTPS) as per the [Python requests library documentation](https://2.python-requests.org/en/master/user/advanced/). For example:
-
-```python
-HTTP_PROXIES = {
-    'http': 'http://10.10.1.10:3128',
-    'https': 'http://10.10.1.10:1080',
-}
-```
-
----
-
-## INTERNAL_IPS
-
-Default: `('127.0.0.1', '::1')`
-
-A list of IP addresses recognized as internal to the system, used to control the display of debugging output. For
-example, the debugging toolbar will be viewable only when a client is accessing NetBox from one of the listed IP
-addresses (and [`DEBUG`](#debug) is true).
-
----
-
-## LOGGING
-
-By default, all messages of INFO severity or higher will be logged to the console. Additionally, if [`DEBUG`](#debug) is False and email access has been configured, ERROR and CRITICAL messages will be emailed to the users defined in [`ADMINS`](#admins).
-
-The Django framework on which NetBox runs allows for the customization of logging format and destination. Please consult the [Django logging documentation](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/topics/logging/) for more information on configuring this setting. Below is an example which will write all INFO and higher messages to a local file:
-
-```python
-LOGGING = {
-    'version': 1,
-    'disable_existing_loggers': False,
-    'handlers': {
-        'file': {
-            'level': 'INFO',
-            'class': 'logging.FileHandler',
-            'filename': '/var/log/netbox.log',
-        },
-    },
-    'loggers': {
-        'django': {
-            'handlers': ['file'],
-            'level': 'INFO',
-        },
-    },
-}
-```
-
-### Available Loggers
-
-* `netbox.<app>.<model>` - Generic form for model-specific log messages
-* `netbox.auth.*` - Authentication events
-* `netbox.api.views.*` - Views which handle business logic for the REST API
-* `netbox.reports.*` - Report execution (`module.name`)
-* `netbox.scripts.*` - Custom script execution (`module.name`)
-* `netbox.views.*` - Views which handle business logic for the web UI
-
----
-
-## LOGIN_REQUIRED
-
-Default: False
-
-Setting this to True will permit only authenticated users to access any part of NetBox. By default, anonymous users are permitted to access most data in NetBox (excluding secrets) but not make any changes.
-
----
-
-## LOGIN_TIMEOUT
-
-Default: 1209600 seconds (14 days)
-
-The lifetime (in seconds) of the authentication cookie issued to a NetBox user upon login.
-
----
-
-## MAINTENANCE_MODE
-
-Default: False
-
-Setting this to True will display a "maintenance mode" banner at the top of every page.
-
----
-
-## MAX_PAGE_SIZE
-
-Default: 1000
-
-A web user or API consumer can request an arbitrary number of objects by appending the "limit" parameter to the URL (e.g. `?limit=1000`). This parameter defines the maximum acceptable limit. Setting this to `0` or `None` will allow a client to retrieve _all_ matching objects at once with no limit by specifying `?limit=0`.
-
----
-
-## MEDIA_ROOT
-
-Default: $INSTALL_ROOT/netbox/media/
-
-The file path to the location where media files (such as image attachments) are stored. By default, this is the `netbox/media/` directory within the base NetBox installation path.
-
----
-
-## METRICS_ENABLED
-
-Default: False
-
-Toggle the availability Prometheus-compatible metrics at `/metrics`. See the [Prometheus Metrics](../../additional-features/prometheus-metrics/) documentation for more details.
-
----
-
-## NAPALM_USERNAME
-
-## NAPALM_PASSWORD
-
-NetBox will use these credentials when authenticating to remote devices via the [NAPALM library](https://napalm-automation.net/), if installed. Both parameters are optional.
-
-!!! note
-    If SSH public key authentication has been set up on the remote device(s) for the system account under which NetBox runs, these parameters are not needed.
-
----
-
-## NAPALM_ARGS
-
-A dictionary of optional arguments to pass to NAPALM when instantiating a network driver. See the NAPALM documentation for a [complete list of optional arguments](http://napalm.readthedocs.io/en/latest/support/#optional-arguments). An example:
-
-```python
-NAPALM_ARGS = {
-    'api_key': '472071a93b60a1bd1fafb401d9f8ef41',
-    'port': 2222,
-}
-```
-
-Some platforms (e.g. Cisco IOS) require an argument named `secret` to be passed in addition to the normal password. If desired, you can use the configured `NAPALM_PASSWORD` as the value for this argument:
-
-```python
-NAPALM_USERNAME = 'username'
-NAPALM_PASSWORD = 'MySecretPassword'
-NAPALM_ARGS = {
-    'secret': NAPALM_PASSWORD,
-    # Include any additional args here
-}
-```
-
----
-
-## NAPALM_TIMEOUT
-
-Default: 30 seconds
-
-The amount of time (in seconds) to wait for NAPALM to connect to a device.
-
----
-
-## PAGINATE_COUNT
-
-Default: 50
-
-The default maximum number of objects to display per page within each list of objects.
-
----
-
-## PLUGINS
-
-Default: Empty
-
-A list of installed [NetBox plugins](../../plugins/) to enable. Plugins will not take effect unless they are listed here.
-
-!!! warning
-    Plugins extend NetBox by allowing external code to run with the same access and privileges as NetBox itself. Only install plugins from trusted sources. The NetBox maintainers make absolutely no guarantees about the integrity or security of your installation with plugins enabled.
-
----
-
-## PLUGINS_CONFIG
-
-Default: Empty
-
-This parameter holds configuration settings for individual NetBox plugins. It is defined as a dictionary, with each key using the name of an installed plugin. The specific parameters supported are unique to each plugin: Reference the plugin's documentation to determine the supported parameters. An example configuration is shown below:
-
-```python
-PLUGINS_CONFIG = {
-    'plugin1': {
-        'foo': 123,
-        'bar': True
-    },
-    'plugin2': {
-        'foo': 456,
-    },
-}
-```
-
-Note that a plugin must be listed in `PLUGINS` for its configuration to take effect.
-
----
-
-## PREFER_IPV4
-
-Default: False
-
-When determining the primary IP address for a device, IPv6 is preferred over IPv4 by default. Set this to True to prefer IPv4 instead.
-
----
-
-## RACK_ELEVATION_DEFAULT_UNIT_HEIGHT
-
-Default: 22
-
-Default height (in pixels) of a unit within a rack elevation. For best results, this should be approximately one tenth of `RACK_ELEVATION_DEFAULT_UNIT_WIDTH`.
-
----
-
-## RACK_ELEVATION_DEFAULT_UNIT_WIDTH
-
-Default: 220
-
-Default width (in pixels) of a unit within a rack elevation.
-
----
-
-## REMOTE_AUTH_AUTO_CREATE_USER
-
-Default: `False`
-
-If true, NetBox will automatically create local accounts for users authenticated via a remote service. (Requires `REMOTE_AUTH_ENABLED`.)
-
----
-
-## REMOTE_AUTH_BACKEND
-
-Default: `'netbox.authentication.RemoteUserBackend'`
-
-This is the Python path to the custom [Django authentication backend](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/topics/auth/customizing/) to use for external user authentication. NetBox provides two built-in backends (listed below), though custom authentication backends may also be provided by other packages or plugins.
-
-* `netbox.authentication.RemoteUserBackend`
-* `netbox.authentication.LDAPBackend`
-
----
-
-## REMOTE_AUTH_DEFAULT_GROUPS
-
-Default: `[]` (Empty list)
-
-The list of groups to assign a new user account when created using remote authentication. (Requires `REMOTE_AUTH_ENABLED`.)
-
----
-
-## REMOTE_AUTH_DEFAULT_PERMISSIONS
-
-Default: `{}` (Empty dictionary)
-
-A mapping of permissions to assign a new user account when created using remote authentication. Each key in the dictionary should be set to a dictionary of the attributes to be applied to the permission, or `None` to allow all objects. (Requires `REMOTE_AUTH_ENABLED`.)
-
----
-
-## REMOTE_AUTH_ENABLED
-
-Default: `False`
-
-NetBox can be configured to support remote user authentication by inferring user authentication from an HTTP header set by the HTTP reverse proxy (e.g. nginx or Apache). Set this to `True` to enable this functionality. (Local authentication will still take effect as a fallback.)
-
----
-
-## REMOTE_AUTH_HEADER
-
-Default: `'HTTP_REMOTE_USER'`
-
-When remote user authentication is in use, this is the name of the HTTP header which informs NetBox of the currently authenticated user. (Requires `REMOTE_AUTH_ENABLED`.)
-
----
-
-## RELEASE_CHECK_TIMEOUT
-
-Default: 86,400 (24 hours)
-
-The number of seconds to retain the latest version that is fetched from the GitHub API before automatically invalidating it and fetching it from the API again. This must be set to at least one hour (3600 seconds).
-
----
-
-## RELEASE_CHECK_URL
-
-Default: None (disabled)
-
-This parameter defines the URL of the repository that will be checked periodically for new NetBox releases. When a new release is detected, a message will be displayed to administrative users on the home page. This can be set to the official repository (`'https://api.github.com/repos/netbox-community/netbox/releases'`) or a custom fork. Set this to `None` to disable automatic update checks.
-
-!!! note
-    The URL provided **must** be compatible with the [GitHub REST API](https://docs.github.com/en/rest).
-
----
-
-## REPORTS_ROOT
-
-Default: `$INSTALL_ROOT/netbox/reports/`
-
-The file path to the location where custom reports will be kept. By default, this is the `netbox/reports/` directory within the base NetBox installation path.
-
----
-
-## SCRIPTS_ROOT
-
-Default: `$INSTALL_ROOT/netbox/scripts/`
-
-The file path to the location where custom scripts will be kept. By default, this is the `netbox/scripts/` directory within the base NetBox installation path.
-
----
-
-## SESSION_FILE_PATH
-
-Default: None
-
-HTTP session data is used to track authenticated users when they access NetBox. By default, NetBox stores session data in its PostgreSQL database. However, this inhibits authentication to a standby instance of NetBox without write access to the database. Alternatively, a local file path may be specified here and NetBox will store session data as files instead of using the database. Note that the NetBox system user must have read and write permissions to this path.
-
----
-
-## STORAGE_BACKEND
-
-Default: None (local storage)
-
-The backend storage engine for handling uploaded files (e.g. image attachments). NetBox supports integration with the [`django-storages`](https://django-storages.readthedocs.io/en/stable/) package, which provides backends for several popular file storage services. If not configured, local filesystem storage will be used.
-
-The configuration parameters for the specified storage backend are defined under the `STORAGE_CONFIG` setting.
-
----
-
-## STORAGE_CONFIG
-
-Default: Empty
-
-A dictionary of configuration parameters for the storage backend configured as `STORAGE_BACKEND`. The specific parameters to be used here are specific to each backend; see the [`django-storages` documentation](https://django-storages.readthedocs.io/en/stable/) for more detail.
-
-If `STORAGE_BACKEND` is not defined, this setting will be ignored.
-
----
-
-## TIME_ZONE
-
-Default: UTC
-
-The time zone NetBox will use when dealing with dates and times. It is recommended to use UTC time unless you have a specific need to use a local time zone. Please see the [list of available time zones](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones).
-
----
-
-## Date and Time Formatting
-
-You may define custom formatting for date and times. For detailed instructions on writing format strings, please see [the Django documentation](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/ref/templates/builtins/#date). Default formats are listed below.
-
-```python
-DATE_FORMAT = 'N j, Y'               # June 26, 2016
-SHORT_DATE_FORMAT = 'Y-m-d'          # 2016-06-26
-TIME_FORMAT = 'g:i a'                # 1:23 p.m.
-SHORT_TIME_FORMAT = 'H:i:s'          # 13:23:00
-DATETIME_FORMAT = 'N j, Y g:i a'     # June 26, 2016 1:23 p.m.
-SHORT_DATETIME_FORMAT = 'Y-m-d H:i'  # 2016-06-26 13:23
-```

docs/configuration/plugins.md

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+# Plugin Parameters
+
+## PLUGINS
+
+Default: Empty
+
+A list of installed [NetBox plugins](../plugins/index.md) to enable. Plugins will not take effect unless they are listed here.
+
+!!! warning
+    Plugins extend NetBox by allowing external code to run with the same access and privileges as NetBox itself. Only install plugins from trusted sources. The NetBox maintainers make absolutely no guarantees about the integrity or security of your installation with plugins enabled.
+
+---
+
+## PLUGINS_CONFIG
+
+Default: Empty
+
+This parameter holds configuration settings for individual NetBox plugins. It is defined as a dictionary, with each key using the name of an installed plugin. The specific parameters supported are unique to each plugin: Reference the plugin's documentation to determine the supported parameters. An example configuration is shown below:
+
+```python
+PLUGINS_CONFIG = {
+    'plugin1': {
+        'foo': 123,
+        'bar': True
+    },
+    'plugin2': {
+        'foo': 456,
+    },
+}
+```
+
+Note that a plugin must be listed in `PLUGINS` for its configuration to take effect.
+
+---
+

docs/configuration/remote-authentication.md

@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+# Remote Authentication Settings
+
+The configuration parameters listed here control remote authentication for NetBox. Note that `REMOTE_AUTH_ENABLED` must be true in order for these settings to take effect.
+
+---
+
+## REMOTE_AUTH_AUTO_CREATE_GROUPS
+
+Default: `False`
+
+If true, NetBox will automatically create groups specified in the `REMOTE_AUTH_GROUP_HEADER` header if they don't already exist. (Requires `REMOTE_AUTH_ENABLED`.)
+
+---
+
+## REMOTE_AUTH_AUTO_CREATE_USER
+
+Default: `False`
+
+If true, NetBox will automatically create local accounts for users authenticated via a remote service. (Requires `REMOTE_AUTH_ENABLED`.)
+
+---
+
+## REMOTE_AUTH_BACKEND
+
+Default: `'netbox.authentication.RemoteUserBackend'`
+
+This is the Python path to the custom [Django authentication backend](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/topics/auth/customizing/) to use for external user authentication. NetBox provides two built-in backends (listed below), though custom authentication backends may also be provided by other packages or plugins. Provide a string for a single backend, or an iterable for multiple backends, which will be attempted in the order given.
+
+* `netbox.authentication.RemoteUserBackend`
+* `netbox.authentication.LDAPBackend`
+
+---
+
+## REMOTE_AUTH_DEFAULT_GROUPS
+
+Default: `[]` (Empty list)
+
+The list of groups to assign a new user account when created using remote authentication. (Requires `REMOTE_AUTH_ENABLED`.)
+
+---
+
+## REMOTE_AUTH_DEFAULT_PERMISSIONS
+
+Default: `{}` (Empty dictionary)
+
+A mapping of permissions to assign a new user account when created using remote authentication. Each key in the dictionary should be set to a dictionary of the attributes to be applied to the permission, or `None` to allow all objects. (Requires `REMOTE_AUTH_ENABLED` as True and `REMOTE_AUTH_GROUP_SYNC_ENABLED` as False.)
+
+---
+
+## REMOTE_AUTH_ENABLED
+
+Default: `False`
+
+NetBox can be configured to support remote user authentication by inferring user authentication from an HTTP header set by the HTTP reverse proxy (e.g. nginx or Apache). Set this to `True` to enable this functionality. (Local authentication will still take effect as a fallback.) (`REMOTE_AUTH_DEFAULT_GROUPS` will not function if `REMOTE_AUTH_ENABLED` is disabled)
+
+---
+
+## REMOTE_AUTH_GROUP_HEADER
+
+Default: `'HTTP_REMOTE_USER_GROUP'`
+
+When remote user authentication is in use, this is the name of the HTTP header which informs NetBox of the currently authenticated user. For example, to use the request header `X-Remote-User-Groups` it needs to be set to `HTTP_X_REMOTE_USER_GROUPS`. (Requires `REMOTE_AUTH_ENABLED` and `REMOTE_AUTH_GROUP_SYNC_ENABLED` )
+
+---
+
+## REMOTE_AUTH_GROUP_SEPARATOR
+
+Default: `|` (Pipe)
+
+The Seperator upon which `REMOTE_AUTH_GROUP_HEADER` gets split into individual Groups. This needs to be coordinated with your authentication Proxy. (Requires `REMOTE_AUTH_ENABLED` and `REMOTE_AUTH_GROUP_SYNC_ENABLED` )
+
+---
+
+## REMOTE_AUTH_GROUP_SYNC_ENABLED
+
+Default: `False`
+
+NetBox can be configured to sync remote user groups by inferring user authentication from an HTTP header set by the HTTP reverse proxy (e.g. nginx or Apache). Set this to `True` to enable this functionality. (Local authentication will still take effect as a fallback.) (Requires `REMOTE_AUTH_ENABLED`.)
+
+---
+
+## REMOTE_AUTH_HEADER
+
+Default: `'HTTP_REMOTE_USER'`
+
+When remote user authentication is in use, this is the name of the HTTP header which informs NetBox of the currently authenticated user. For example, to use the request header `X-Remote-User` it needs to be set to `HTTP_X_REMOTE_USER`. (Requires `REMOTE_AUTH_ENABLED`.)
+
+---
+
+## REMOTE_AUTH_USER_EMAIL
+
+Default: `'HTTP_REMOTE_USER_EMAIL'`
+
+When remote user authentication is in use, this is the name of the HTTP header which informs NetBox of the email address of the currently authenticated user. For example, to use the request header `X-Remote-User-Email` it needs to be set to `HTTP_X_REMOTE_USER_EMAIL`. (Requires `REMOTE_AUTH_ENABLED`.)
+
+---
+
+## REMOTE_AUTH_USER_FIRST_NAME
+
+Default: `'HTTP_REMOTE_USER_FIRST_NAME'`
+
+When remote user authentication is in use, this is the name of the HTTP header which informs NetBox of the first name of the currently authenticated user. For example, to use the request header `X-Remote-User-First-Name` it needs to be set to `HTTP_X_REMOTE_USER_FIRST_NAME`. (Requires `REMOTE_AUTH_ENABLED`.)
+
+---
+
+## REMOTE_AUTH_USER_LAST_NAME
+
+Default: `'HTTP_REMOTE_USER_LAST_NAME'`
+
+When remote user authentication is in use, this is the name of the HTTP header which informs NetBox of the last name of the currently authenticated user. For example, to use the request header `X-Remote-User-Last-Name` it needs to be set to `HTTP_X_REMOTE_USER_LAST_NAME`. (Requires `REMOTE_AUTH_ENABLED`.)
+
+---
+
+## REMOTE_AUTH_SUPERUSER_GROUPS
+
+Default: `[]` (Empty list)
+
+The list of groups that promote an remote User to Superuser on Login. If group isn't present on next Login, the Role gets revoked. (Requires `REMOTE_AUTH_ENABLED` and `REMOTE_AUTH_GROUP_SYNC_ENABLED` )
+
+---
+
+## REMOTE_AUTH_SUPERUSERS
+
+Default: `[]` (Empty list)
+
+The list of users that get promoted to Superuser on Login. If user isn't present in list on next Login, the Role gets revoked. (Requires `REMOTE_AUTH_ENABLED` and `REMOTE_AUTH_GROUP_SYNC_ENABLED` )
+
+---
+
+## REMOTE_AUTH_STAFF_GROUPS
+
+Default: `[]` (Empty list)
+
+The list of groups that promote an remote User to Staff on Login. If group isn't present on next Login, the Role gets revoked. (Requires `REMOTE_AUTH_ENABLED` and `REMOTE_AUTH_GROUP_SYNC_ENABLED` )
+
+---
+
+## REMOTE_AUTH_STAFF_USERS
+
+Default: `[]` (Empty list)
+
+The list of users that get promoted to Staff on Login. If user isn't present in list on next Login, the Role gets revoked. (Requires `REMOTE_AUTH_ENABLED` and `REMOTE_AUTH_GROUP_SYNC_ENABLED` )

docs/configuration/required-parameters.md

@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+# Required Configuration Settings
+
+## ALLOWED_HOSTS
+
+This is a list of valid fully-qualified domain names (FQDNs) and/or IP addresses that can be used to reach the NetBox service. Usually this is the same as the hostname for the NetBox server, but can also be different; for example, when using a reverse proxy serving the NetBox website under a different FQDN than the hostname of the NetBox server. To help guard against [HTTP Host header attackes](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/3.0/topics/security/#host-headers-virtual-hosting), NetBox will not permit access to the server via any other hostnames (or IPs).
+
+!!! note
+    This parameter must always be defined as a list or tuple, even if only a single value is provided.
+
+The value of this option is also used to set `CSRF_TRUSTED_ORIGINS`, which restricts POST requests to the same set of hosts (more about this [here](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/ref/settings/#std:setting-CSRF_TRUSTED_ORIGINS)). Keep in mind that NetBox, by default, sets `USE_X_FORWARDED_HOST` to true, which means that if you're using a reverse proxy, it's the FQDN used to reach that reverse proxy which needs to be in this list (more about this [here](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/ref/settings/#allowed-hosts)).
+
+Example:
+
+```
+ALLOWED_HOSTS = ['netbox.example.com', '192.0.2.123']
+```
+
+If you are not yet sure what the domain name and/or IP address of the NetBox installation will be, and are comfortable accepting the risks in doing so, you can set this to a wildcard (asterisk) to allow all host values:
+
+```
+ALLOWED_HOSTS = ['*']
+```
+
+---
+
+## DATABASE
+
+NetBox requires access to a PostgreSQL 12 or later database service to store data. This service can run locally on the NetBox server or on a remote system. The following parameters must be defined within the `DATABASE` dictionary:
+
+* `NAME` - Database name
+* `USER` - PostgreSQL username
+* `PASSWORD` - PostgreSQL password
+* `HOST` - Name or IP address of the database server (use `localhost` if running locally)
+* `PORT` - TCP port of the PostgreSQL service; leave blank for default port (TCP/5432)
+* `CONN_MAX_AGE` - Lifetime of a [persistent database connection](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/ref/databases/#persistent-connections), in seconds (300 is the default)
+* `ENGINE` - The database backend to use; must be a PostgreSQL-compatible backend (e.g. `django.db.backends.postgresql`)
+
+Example:
+
+```python
+DATABASE = {
+    'ENGINE': 'django.db.backends.postgresql',
+    'NAME': 'netbox',               # Database name
+    'USER': 'netbox',               # PostgreSQL username
+    'PASSWORD': 'J5brHrAXFLQSif0K', # PostgreSQL password
+    'HOST': 'localhost',            # Database server
+    'PORT': '',                     # Database port (leave blank for default)
+    'CONN_MAX_AGE': 300,            # Max database connection age
+}
+```
+
+!!! note
+    NetBox supports all PostgreSQL database options supported by the underlying Django framework. For a complete list of available parameters, please see [the Django documentation](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/ref/settings/#databases).
+
+!!! warning
+    Make sure to use a PostgreSQL-compatible backend for the ENGINE setting. If you don't specify an ENGINE, the default will be django.db.backends.postgresql.
+
+---
+
+## REDIS
+
+[Redis](https://redis.io/) is an in-memory data store similar to memcached. While Redis has been an optional component of
+NetBox since the introduction of webhooks in version 2.4, it is required starting in 2.6 to support NetBox's caching
+functionality (as well as other planned features). In 2.7, the connection settings were broken down into two sections for
+task queuing and caching, allowing the user to connect to different Redis instances/databases per feature.
+
+Redis is configured using a configuration setting similar to `DATABASE` and these settings are the same for both of the `tasks` and `caching` subsections:
+
+* `HOST` - Name or IP address of the Redis server (use `localhost` if running locally)
+* `PORT` - TCP port of the Redis service; leave blank for default port (6379)
+* `USERNAME` - Redis username (if set)
+* `PASSWORD` - Redis password (if set)
+* `DATABASE` - Numeric database ID
+* `SSL` - Use SSL connection to Redis
+* `INSECURE_SKIP_TLS_VERIFY` - Set to `True` to **disable** TLS certificate verification (not recommended)
+
+An example configuration is provided below:
+
+```python
+REDIS = {
+    'tasks': {
+        'HOST': 'redis.example.com',
+        'PORT': 1234,
+        'USERNAME': 'netbox'
+        'PASSWORD': 'foobar',
+        'DATABASE': 0,
+        'SSL': False,
+    },
+    'caching': {
+        'HOST': 'localhost',
+        'PORT': 6379,
+        'USERNAME': ''
+        'PASSWORD': '',
+        'DATABASE': 1,
+        'SSL': False,
+    }
+}
+```
+
+!!! note
+    If you are upgrading from a NetBox release older than v2.7.0, please note that the Redis connection configuration
+    settings have changed. Manual modification to bring the `REDIS` section inline with the above specification is
+    necessary
+
+!!! warning
+    It is highly recommended to keep the task and cache databases separate. Using the same database number on the
+    same Redis instance for both may result in queued background tasks being lost during cache flushing events.
+
+### Using Redis Sentinel
+
+If you are using [Redis Sentinel](https://redis.io/topics/sentinel) for high-availability purposes, there is minimal 
+configuration necessary to convert NetBox to recognize it. It requires the removal of the `HOST` and `PORT` keys from 
+above and the addition of three new keys.
+
+* `SENTINELS`: List of tuples or tuple of tuples with each inner tuple containing the name or IP address 
+of the Redis server and port for each sentinel instance to connect to
+* `SENTINEL_SERVICE`: Name of the master / service to connect to
+* `SENTINEL_TIMEOUT`: Connection timeout, in seconds
+
+Example:
+
+```python
+REDIS = {
+    'tasks': {
+        'SENTINELS': [('mysentinel.redis.example.com', 6379)],
+        'SENTINEL_SERVICE': 'netbox',
+        'SENTINEL_TIMEOUT': 10,
+        'PASSWORD': '',
+        'DATABASE': 0,
+        'SSL': False,
+    },
+    'caching': {
+        'SENTINELS': [
+            ('mysentinel.redis.example.com', 6379),
+            ('othersentinel.redis.example.com', 6379)
+        ],
+        'SENTINEL_SERVICE': 'netbox',
+        'PASSWORD': '',
+        'DATABASE': 1,
+        'SSL': False,
+    }
+}
+```
+
+!!! note
+    It is permissible to use Sentinel for only one database and not the other.
+
+---
+
+## SECRET_KEY
+
+This is a secret, pseudorandom string used to assist in the creation new cryptographic hashes for passwords and HTTP cookies. The key defined here should not be shared outside the configuration file. `SECRET_KEY` can be changed at any time without impacting stored data, however be aware that doing so will invalidate all existing user sessions. NetBox deployments comprising multiple nodes must have the same secret key configured on all nodes.
+
+`SECRET_KEY` **must** be at least 50 characters in length, and should contain a mix of letters, digits, and symbols. The script located at `$INSTALL_ROOT/netbox/generate_secret_key.py` may be used to generate a suitable key. Please note that this key is **not** used directly for hashing user passwords or for the encrypted storage of secret data in NetBox.

docs/configuration/required-settings.md

@@ -1,150 +0,0 @@
-# Required Configuration Settings
-
-## ALLOWED_HOSTS
-
-This is a list of valid fully-qualified domain names (FQDNs) and/or IP addresses that can be used to reach the NetBox service. Usually this is the same as the hostname for the NetBox server, but can also be different; for example, when using a reverse proxy serving the NetBox website under a different FQDN than the hostname of the NetBox server. To help guard against [HTTP Host header attackes](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/3.0/topics/security/#host-headers-virtual-hosting), NetBox will not permit access to the server via any other hostnames (or IPs).
-
-!!! note
-    This parameter must always be defined as a list or tuple, even if only value is provided.
-
-The value of this option is also used to set `CSRF_TRUSTED_ORIGINS`, which restricts POST requests to the same set of hosts (more about this [here](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/ref/settings/#std:setting-CSRF_TRUSTED_ORIGINS)). Keep in mind that NetBox, by default, sets `USE_X_FORWARDED_HOST` to true, which means that if you're using a reverse proxy, it's the FQDN used to reach that reverse proxy which needs to be in this list (more about this [here](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/ref/settings/#allowed-hosts)).
-
-Example:
-
-```
-ALLOWED_HOSTS = ['netbox.example.com', '192.0.2.123']
-```
-
-If you are not yet sure what the domain name and/or IP address of the NetBox installation will be, and are comfortable accepting the risks in doing so, you can set this to a wildcard (asterisk) to allow all host values:
-
-```
-ALLOWED_HOSTS = ['*']
-```
-
----
-
-## DATABASE
-
-NetBox requires access to a PostgreSQL 9.6 or later database service to store data. This service can run locally on the NetBox server or on a remote system. The following parameters must be defined within the `DATABASE` dictionary:
-
-* `NAME` - Database name
-* `USER` - PostgreSQL username
-* `PASSWORD` - PostgreSQL password
-* `HOST` - Name or IP address of the database server (use `localhost` if running locally)
-* `PORT` - TCP port of the PostgreSQL service; leave blank for default port (TCP/5432)
-* `CONN_MAX_AGE` - Lifetime of a [persistent database connection](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/ref/databases/#persistent-connections), in seconds (300 is the default)
-
-Example:
-
-```python
-DATABASE = {
-    'NAME': 'netbox',               # Database name
-    'USER': 'netbox',               # PostgreSQL username
-    'PASSWORD': 'J5brHrAXFLQSif0K', # PostgreSQL password
-    'HOST': 'localhost',            # Database server
-    'PORT': '',                     # Database port (leave blank for default)
-    'CONN_MAX_AGE': 300,            # Max database connection age
-}
-```
-
-!!! note
-    NetBox supports all PostgreSQL database options supported by the underlying Django framework. For a complete list of available parameters, please see [the Django documentation](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/ref/settings/#databases).
-
----
-
-## REDIS
-
-[Redis](https://redis.io/) is an in-memory data store similar to memcached. While Redis has been an optional component of
-NetBox since the introduction of webhooks in version 2.4, it is required starting in 2.6 to support NetBox's caching
-functionality (as well as other planned features). In 2.7, the connection settings were broken down into two sections for
-task queuing and caching, allowing the user to connect to different Redis instances/databases per feature.
-
-Redis is configured using a configuration setting similar to `DATABASE` and these settings are the same for both of the `tasks` and `caching` subsections:
-
-* `HOST` - Name or IP address of the Redis server (use `localhost` if running locally)
-* `PORT` - TCP port of the Redis service; leave blank for default port (6379)
-* `PASSWORD` - Redis password (if set)
-* `DATABASE` - Numeric database ID
-* `DEFAULT_TIMEOUT` - Connection timeout in seconds
-* `SSL` - Use SSL connection to Redis
-
-An example configuration is provided below:
-
-```python
-REDIS = {
-    'tasks': {
-        'HOST': 'redis.example.com',
-        'PORT': 1234,
-        'PASSWORD': 'foobar',
-        'DATABASE': 0,
-        'DEFAULT_TIMEOUT': 300,
-        'SSL': False,
-    },
-    'caching': {
-        'HOST': 'localhost',
-        'PORT': 6379,
-        'PASSWORD': '',
-        'DATABASE': 1,
-        'DEFAULT_TIMEOUT': 300,
-        'SSL': False,
-    }
-}
-```
-
-!!! note
-    If you are upgrading from a NetBox release older than v2.7.0, please note that the Redis connection configuration
-    settings have changed. Manual modification to bring the `REDIS` section inline with the above specification is
-    necessary
-
-!!! warning
-    It is highly recommended to keep the task and cache databases separate. Using the same database number on the
-    same Redis instance for both may result in queued background tasks being lost during cache flushing events.
-
-### Using Redis Sentinel
-
-If you are using [Redis Sentinel](https://redis.io/topics/sentinel) for high-availability purposes, there is minimal 
-configuration necessary to convert NetBox to recognize it. It requires the removal of the `HOST` and `PORT` keys from 
-above and the addition of two new keys.
-
-* `SENTINELS`: List of tuples or tuple of tuples with each inner tuple containing the name or IP address 
-of the Redis server and port for each sentinel instance to connect to
-* `SENTINEL_SERVICE`: Name of the master / service to connect to
-
-Example:
-
-```python
-REDIS = {
-    'tasks': {
-        'SENTINELS': [('mysentinel.redis.example.com', 6379)],
-        'SENTINEL_SERVICE': 'netbox',
-        'PASSWORD': '',
-        'DATABASE': 0,
-        'DEFAULT_TIMEOUT': 300,
-        'SSL': False,
-    },
-    'caching': {
-        'SENTINELS': [
-            ('mysentinel.redis.example.com', 6379),
-            ('othersentinel.redis.example.com', 6379)
-        ],
-        'SENTINEL_SERVICE': 'netbox',
-        'PASSWORD': '',
-        'DATABASE': 1,
-        'DEFAULT_TIMEOUT': 300,
-        'SSL': False,
-    }
-}
-```
-
-!!! note
-    It is permissible to use Sentinel for only one database and not the other.
-
----
-
-## SECRET_KEY
-
-This is a secret, random string used to assist in the creation new cryptographic hashes for passwords and HTTP cookies. The key defined here should not be shared outside of the configuration file. `SECRET_KEY` can be changed at any time, however be aware that doing so will invalidate all existing sessions.
-
-Please note that this key is **not** used directly for hashing user passwords or for the encrypted storage of secret data in NetBox.
-
-`SECRET_KEY` should be at least 50 characters in length and contain a random mix of letters, digits, and symbols. The script located at `$INSTALL_ROOT/netbox/generate_secret_key.py` may be used to generate a suitable key.

docs/configuration/security.md

@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+# Security & Authentication Parameters
+
+## ALLOW_TOKEN_RETRIEVAL
+
+Default: True
+
+If disabled, the values of API tokens will not be displayed after each token's initial creation. A user **must** record the value of a token prior to its creation, or it will be lost. Note that this affects _all_ users, regardless of assigned permissions.
+
+---
+
+## ALLOWED_URL_SCHEMES
+
+!!! tip "Dynamic Configuration Parameter"
+
+Default: `('file', 'ftp', 'ftps', 'http', 'https', 'irc', 'mailto', 'sftp', 'ssh', 'tel', 'telnet', 'tftp', 'vnc', 'xmpp')`
+
+A list of permitted URL schemes referenced when rendering links within NetBox. Note that only the schemes specified in this list will be accepted: If adding your own, be sure to replicate all the default values as well (excluding those schemes which are not desirable).
+
+---
+
+## AUTH_PASSWORD_VALIDATORS
+
+This parameter acts as a pass-through for configuring Django's built-in password validators for local user accounts. If configured, these will be applied whenever a user's password is updated to ensure that it meets minimum criteria such as length or complexity. An example is provided below. For more detail on the available options, please see [the Django documentation](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/topics/auth/passwords/#password-validation).
+
+```python
+AUTH_PASSWORD_VALIDATORS = [
+    {
+        'NAME': 'django.contrib.auth.password_validation.MinimumLengthValidator',
+        'OPTIONS': {
+            'min_length': 10,
+        }
+    },
+]
+```
+
+---
+
+## CORS_ORIGIN_ALLOW_ALL
+
+Default: False
+
+If True, cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) requests will be accepted from all origins. If False, a whitelist will be used (see below).
+
+---
+
+## CORS_ORIGIN_WHITELIST
+
+## CORS_ORIGIN_REGEX_WHITELIST
+
+These settings specify a list of origins that are authorized to make cross-site API requests. Use
+`CORS_ORIGIN_WHITELIST` to define a list of exact hostnames, or `CORS_ORIGIN_REGEX_WHITELIST` to define a set of regular 
+expressions. (These settings have no effect if `CORS_ORIGIN_ALLOW_ALL` is True.) For example:
+
+```python
+CORS_ORIGIN_WHITELIST = [
+    'https://example.com',
+]
+```
+
+---
+
+## CSRF_COOKIE_NAME
+
+Default: `csrftoken`
+
+The name of the cookie to use for the cross-site request forgery (CSRF) authentication token. See the [Django documentation](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/ref/settings/#csrf-cookie-name) for more detail.
+
+---
+
+## CSRF_COOKIE_SECURE
+
+Default: False
+
+If true, the cookie employed for cross-site request forgery (CSRF) protection will be marked as secure, meaning that it can only be sent across an HTTPS connection.
+
+---
+
+## CSRF_TRUSTED_ORIGINS
+
+Default: `[]`
+
+Defines a list of trusted origins for unsafe (e.g. `POST`) requests. This is a pass-through to Django's [`CSRF_TRUSTED_ORIGINS`](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/4.0/ref/settings/#std:setting-CSRF_TRUSTED_ORIGINS) setting. Note that each host listed must specify a scheme (e.g. `http://` or `https://).
+
+```python
+CSRF_TRUSTED_ORIGINS = (
+    'http://netbox.local',
+    'https://netbox.local',
+)
+```
+
+---
+
+## DEFAULT_PERMISSIONS
+
+!!! info "This parameter was introduced in NetBox v3.6."
+
+Default:
+
+```python
+{
+    'users.view_token': ({'user': '$user'},),
+    'users.add_token': ({'user': '$user'},),
+    'users.change_token': ({'user': '$user'},),
+    'users.delete_token': ({'user': '$user'},),
+}
+```
+
+This parameter defines object permissions that are applied automatically to _any_ authenticated user, regardless of what permissions have been defined in the database. By default, this parameter is defined to allow all users to manage their own API tokens, however it can be overriden for any purpose.
+
+For example, to allow all users to create a device role beginning with the word "temp," you could configure the following:
+
+```python
+DEFAULT_PERMISSIONS = {
+    'dcim.add_devicerole': (
+        {'name__startswith': 'temp'},
+    )
+}
+```
+
+!!! warning
+    Setting a custom value for this parameter will overwrite the default permission mapping shown above. If you want to retain the default mapping, be sure to reproduce it in your custom configuration.
+
+---
+
+## EXEMPT_VIEW_PERMISSIONS
+
+Default: Empty list
+
+A list of NetBox models to exempt from the enforcement of view permissions. Models listed here will be viewable by all users, both authenticated and anonymous.
+
+List models in the form `<app>.<model>`. For example:
+
+```python
+EXEMPT_VIEW_PERMISSIONS = [
+    'dcim.site',
+    'dcim.region',
+    'ipam.prefix',
+]
+```
+
+To exempt _all_ models from view permission enforcement, set the following. (Note that `EXEMPT_VIEW_PERMISSIONS` must be an iterable.)
+
+```python
+EXEMPT_VIEW_PERMISSIONS = ['*']
+```
+
+!!! note
+    Using a wildcard will not affect certain potentially sensitive models, such as user permissions. If there is a need to exempt these models, they must be specified individually.
+
+---
+
+## LOGIN_PERSISTENCE
+
+Default: False
+
+If true, the lifetime of a user's authentication session will be automatically reset upon each valid request. For example, if [`LOGIN_TIMEOUT`](#login_timeout) is configured to 14 days (the default), and a user whose session is due to expire in five days makes a NetBox request (with a valid session cookie), the session's lifetime will be reset to 14 days.
+
+Note that enabling this setting causes NetBox to update a user's session in the database (or file, as configured per [`SESSION_FILE_PATH`](#session_file_path)) with each request, which may introduce significant overhead in very active environments. It also permits an active user to remain authenticated to NetBox indefinitely.
+
+---
+
+## LOGIN_REQUIRED
+
+Default: False
+
+Setting this to True will permit only authenticated users to access any part of NetBox. By default, anonymous users are permitted to access most data in NetBox but not make any changes.
+
+---
+
+## LOGIN_TIMEOUT
+
+Default: 1209600 seconds (14 days)
+
+The lifetime (in seconds) of the authentication cookie issued to a NetBox user upon login.
+
+---
+
+## LOGOUT_REDIRECT_URL
+
+Default: `'home'`
+
+The view name or URL to which a user is redirected after logging out.
+
+---
+
+## SECURE_SSL_REDIRECT
+
+Default: False
+
+If true, all non-HTTPS requests will be automatically redirected to use HTTPS.
+
+!!! warning
+    Ensure that your frontend HTTP daemon has been configured to forward the HTTP scheme correctly before enabling this option. An incorrectly configured frontend may result in a looping redirect.
+
+---
+
+## SESSION_COOKIE_NAME
+
+Default: `sessionid`
+
+The name used for the session cookie. See the [Django documentation](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/ref/settings/#session-cookie-name) for more detail.
+
+---
+
+## SESSION_COOKIE_SECURE
+
+Default: False
+
+If true, the cookie employed for session authentication will be marked as secure, meaning that it can only be sent across an HTTPS connection.
+
+---
+
+## SESSION_FILE_PATH
+
+Default: None
+
+HTTP session data is used to track authenticated users when they access NetBox. By default, NetBox stores session data in its PostgreSQL database. However, this inhibits authentication to a standby instance of NetBox without write access to the database. Alternatively, a local file path may be specified here and NetBox will store session data as files instead of using the database. Note that the NetBox system user must have read and write permissions to this path.

docs/configuration/system.md

@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+# System Parameters
+
+## BASE_PATH
+
+Default: None
+
+The base URL path to use when accessing NetBox. Do not include the scheme or domain name. For example, if installed at https://example.com/netbox/, set:
+
+```python
+BASE_PATH = 'netbox/'
+```
+
+---
+
+## DEFAULT_LANGUAGE
+
+Default: `en-us` (US English)
+
+Defines the default preferred language/locale for requests that do not specify one. This is used to alter e.g. the display of dates and numbers to fit the user's locale. See [this list](http://www.i18nguy.com/unicode/language-identifiers.html) of standard language codes. (This parameter maps to Django's [`LANGUAGE_CODE`](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/ref/settings/#language-code) internal setting.)
+
+!!! note
+    Altering this parameter will *not* change the language used in NetBox. We hope to provide translation support in a future NetBox release.
+
+---
+
+## DOCS_ROOT
+
+Default: `$INSTALL_ROOT/docs/`
+
+The filesystem path to NetBox's documentation. This is used when presenting context-sensitive documentation in the web UI. By default, this will be the `docs/` directory within the root NetBox installation path. (Set this to `None` to disable the embedded documentation.)
+
+---
+
+## EMAIL
+
+In order to send email, NetBox needs an email server configured. The following items can be defined within the `EMAIL` configuration parameter:
+
+* `SERVER` - Hostname or IP address of the email server (use `localhost` if running locally)
+* `PORT` - TCP port to use for the connection (default: `25`)
+* `USERNAME` - Username with which to authenticate
+* `PASSWORD` - Password with which to authenticate
+* `USE_SSL` - Use SSL when connecting to the server (default: `False`)
+* `USE_TLS` - Use TLS when connecting to the server (default: `False`)
+* `SSL_CERTFILE` - Path to the PEM-formatted SSL certificate file (optional)
+* `SSL_KEYFILE` - Path to the PEM-formatted SSL private key file (optional)
+* `TIMEOUT` - Amount of time to wait for a connection, in seconds (default: `10`)
+* `FROM_EMAIL` - Sender address for emails sent by NetBox
+
+!!! note
+    The `USE_SSL` and `USE_TLS` parameters are mutually exclusive.
+
+Email is sent from NetBox only for critical events or if configured for [logging](#logging). If you would like to test the email server configuration, Django provides a convenient [send_mail()](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/topics/email/#send-mail) function accessible within the NetBox shell:
+
+```no-highlight
+# python ./manage.py nbshell
+>>> from django.core.mail import send_mail
+>>> send_mail(
+  'Test Email Subject',
+  'Test Email Body',
+  'noreply-netbox@example.com',
+  ['users@example.com'],
+  fail_silently=False
+)
+```
+
+---
+
+## ENABLE_LOCALIZATION
+
+Default: False
+
+Determines if localization features are enabled or not. This should only be enabled for development or testing purposes as netbox is not yet fully localized. Turning this on will localize numeric and date formats (overriding what is set for DATE_FORMAT) based on the browser locale as well as translate certain strings from third party modules.
+
+---
+
+## GIT_PATH
+
+Default: `git`
+
+The system path to the `git` executable, used by the synchronization backend for remote git repositories.
+
+---
+
+## HTTP_PROXIES
+
+Default: None
+
+A dictionary of HTTP proxies to use for outbound requests originating from NetBox (e.g. when sending webhook requests). Proxies should be specified by schema (HTTP and HTTPS) as per the [Python requests library documentation](https://requests.readthedocs.io/en/latest/user/advanced/#proxies). For example:
+
+```python
+HTTP_PROXIES = {
+    'http': 'http://10.10.1.10:3128',
+    'https': 'http://10.10.1.10:1080',
+}
+```
+
+---
+
+## INTERNAL_IPS
+
+Default: `('127.0.0.1', '::1')`
+
+A list of IP addresses recognized as internal to the system, used to control the display of debugging output. For
+example, the debugging toolbar will be viewable only when a client is accessing NetBox from one of the listed IP
+addresses (and [`DEBUG`](#debug) is true).
+
+---
+
+## JINJA2_FILTERS
+
+Default: `{}`
+
+A dictionary of custom jinja2 filters with the key being the filter name and the value being a callable. For more information see the [Jinja2 documentation](https://jinja.palletsprojects.com/en/3.1.x/api/#custom-filters). For example:
+
+```python
+def uppercase(x):
+    return str(x).upper()
+
+JINJA2_FILTERS = {
+    'uppercase': uppercase,
+}
+```
+
+---
+
+## LOGGING
+
+By default, all messages of INFO severity or higher will be logged to the console. Additionally, if [`DEBUG`](#debug) is False and email access has been configured, ERROR and CRITICAL messages will be emailed to the users defined in [`ADMINS`](#admins).
+
+The Django framework on which NetBox runs allows for the customization of logging format and destination. Please consult the [Django logging documentation](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/topics/logging/) for more information on configuring this setting. Below is an example which will write all INFO and higher messages to a local file:
+
+```python
+LOGGING = {
+    'version': 1,
+    'disable_existing_loggers': False,
+    'handlers': {
+        'file': {
+            'level': 'INFO',
+            'class': 'logging.FileHandler',
+            'filename': '/var/log/netbox.log',
+        },
+    },
+    'loggers': {
+        'django': {
+            'handlers': ['file'],
+            'level': 'INFO',
+        },
+    },
+}
+```
+
+### Available Loggers
+
+* `netbox.<app>.<model>` - Generic form for model-specific log messages
+* `netbox.auth.*` - Authentication events
+* `netbox.api.views.*` - Views which handle business logic for the REST API
+* `netbox.reports.*` - Report execution (`module.name`)
+* `netbox.scripts.*` - Custom script execution (`module.name`)
+* `netbox.views.*` - Views which handle business logic for the web UI
+
+---
+
+## MEDIA_ROOT
+
+Default: $INSTALL_ROOT/netbox/media/
+
+The file path to the location where media files (such as image attachments) are stored. By default, this is the `netbox/media/` directory within the base NetBox installation path.
+
+---
+
+## REPORTS_ROOT
+
+Default: `$INSTALL_ROOT/netbox/reports/`
+
+The file path to the location where [custom reports](../customization/reports.md) will be kept. By default, this is the `netbox/reports/` directory within the base NetBox installation path.
+
+---
+
+## SCRIPTS_ROOT
+
+Default: `$INSTALL_ROOT/netbox/scripts/`
+
+The file path to the location where [custom scripts](../customization/custom-scripts.md) will be kept. By default, this is the `netbox/scripts/` directory within the base NetBox installation path.
+
+---
+
+## SEARCH_BACKEND
+
+Default: `'netbox.search.backends.CachedValueSearchBackend'`
+
+The dotted path to the desired search backend class. `CachedValueSearchBackend` is currently the only search backend provided in NetBox, however this setting can be used to enable a custom backend. 
+
+---
+
+## STORAGE_BACKEND
+
+Default: None (local storage)
+
+The backend storage engine for handling uploaded files (e.g. image attachments). NetBox supports integration with the [`django-storages`](https://django-storages.readthedocs.io/en/stable/) package, which provides backends for several popular file storage services. If not configured, local filesystem storage will be used.
+
+The configuration parameters for the specified storage backend are defined under the `STORAGE_CONFIG` setting.
+
+---
+
+## STORAGE_CONFIG
+
+Default: Empty
+
+A dictionary of configuration parameters for the storage backend configured as `STORAGE_BACKEND`. The specific parameters to be used here are specific to each backend; see the [`django-storages` documentation](https://django-storages.readthedocs.io/en/stable/) for more detail.
+
+If `STORAGE_BACKEND` is not defined, this setting will be ignored.
+
+---

docs/core-functionality/circuits.md

@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-# Circuits
-
-{!docs/models/circuits/provider.md!}
-
----
-
-{!docs/models/circuits/circuit.md!}
-{!docs/models/circuits/circuittype.md!}
-{!docs/models/circuits/circuittermination.md!}

docs/core-functionality/device-types.md

@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-# Device Types
-
-{!docs/models/dcim/devicetype.md!}
-{!docs/models/dcim/manufacturer.md!}
-
----
-
-## Device Component Templates
-
-Each device type is assigned a number of component templates which define the physical components within a device. These are:
-
-* Console ports
-* Console server ports
-* Power ports
-* Power outlets
-* Network interfaces
-* Front ports
-* Rear ports
-* Device bays (which house child devices)
-
-Whenever a new device is created, its components are automatically created per the templates assigned to its device type. For example, a Juniper EX4300-48T device type might have the following component templates defined:
-
-* One template for a console port ("Console")
-* Two templates for power ports ("PSU0" and "PSU1")
-* 48 templates for 1GE interfaces ("ge-0/0/0" through "ge-0/0/47")
-* Four templates for 10GE interfaces ("xe-0/2/0" through "xe-0/2/3")
-
-Once component templates have been created, every new device that you create as an instance of this type will automatically be assigned each of the components listed above.
-
-!!! note
-    Assignment of components from templates occurs only at the time of device creation. If you modify the templates of a device type, it will not affect devices which have already been created. However, you always have the option of adding, modifying, or deleting components on existing devices.
-
-{!docs/models/dcim/consoleporttemplate.md!}
-{!docs/models/dcim/consoleserverporttemplate.md!}
-{!docs/models/dcim/powerporttemplate.md!}
-{!docs/models/dcim/poweroutlettemplate.md!}
-{!docs/models/dcim/interfacetemplate.md!}
-{!docs/models/dcim/frontporttemplate.md!}
-{!docs/models/dcim/rearporttemplate.md!}
-{!docs/models/dcim/devicebaytemplate.md!}

docs/core-functionality/devices.md

@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-# Devices and Cabling
-
-{!docs/models/dcim/device.md!}
-{!docs/models/dcim/devicerole.md!}
-{!docs/models/dcim/platform.md!}
-
----
-
-## Device Components
-
-{!docs/models/dcim/consoleport.md!}
-{!docs/models/dcim/consoleserverport.md!}
-{!docs/models/dcim/powerport.md!}
-{!docs/models/dcim/poweroutlet.md!}
-{!docs/models/dcim/interface.md!}
-{!docs/models/dcim/frontport.md!}
-{!docs/models/dcim/rearport.md!}
-{!docs/models/dcim/devicebay.md!}
-{!docs/models/dcim/inventoryitem.md!}
-
----
-
-{!docs/models/dcim/virtualchassis.md!}
-
----
-
-{!docs/models/dcim/cable.md!}

docs/core-functionality/ipam.md

@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-# IP Address Management
-
-{!docs/models/ipam/aggregate.md!}
-{!docs/models/ipam/rir.md!}
-
----
-
-{!docs/models/ipam/prefix.md!}
-{!docs/models/ipam/role.md!}
-
----
-
-{!docs/models/ipam/ipaddress.md!}
-
----
-
-{!docs/models/ipam/vrf.md!}

docs/core-functionality/power.md

@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-# Power Tracking
-
-{!docs/models/dcim/powerpanel.md!}
-{!docs/models/dcim/powerfeed.md!}
-
-# Example Power Topology
-
-![Power distribution model](../../media/power_distribution.png)

docs/core-functionality/secrets.md

@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-# Secrets
-
-{!docs/models/secrets/secret.md!}
-{!docs/models/secrets/secretrole.md!}
-
----
-
-{!docs/models/secrets/userkey.md!}

docs/core-functionality/services.md

@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-# Service Mapping
-
-{!docs/models/ipam/service.md!}

docs/core-functionality/sites-and-racks.md

@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-# Sites and Racks
-
-{!docs/models/dcim/site.md!}
-{!docs/models/dcim/region.md!}
-
----
-
-{!docs/models/dcim/rack.md!}
-{!docs/models/dcim/rackgroup.md!}
-{!docs/models/dcim/rackrole.md!}
-{!docs/models/dcim/rackreservation.md!}

docs/core-functionality/tenancy.md

@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-# Tenancy Assignment
-
-{!docs/models/tenancy/tenant.md!}
-{!docs/models/tenancy/tenantgroup.md!}

docs/core-functionality/virtualization.md

@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-# Virtualization
-
-{!docs/models/virtualization/cluster.md!}
-{!docs/models/virtualization/clustertype.md!}
-{!docs/models/virtualization/clustergroup.md!}
-
----
-
-{!docs/models/virtualization/virtualmachine.md!}
-{!docs/models/virtualization/vminterface.md!}

docs/core-functionality/vlans.md

@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-# VLAN Management
-
-{!docs/models/ipam/vlan.md!}
-{!docs/models/ipam/vlangroup.md!}

docs/customization/custom-fields.md

@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+# Custom Fields
+
+Each model in NetBox is represented in the database as a discrete table, and each attribute of a model exists as a column within its table. For example, sites are stored in the `dcim_site` table, which has columns named `name`, `facility`, `physical_address`, and so on. As new attributes are added to objects throughout the development of NetBox, tables are expanded to include new rows.
+
+However, some users might want to store additional object attributes that are somewhat esoteric in nature, and that would not make sense to include in the core NetBox database schema. For instance, suppose your organization needs to associate each device with a ticket number correlating it with an internal support system record. This is certainly a legitimate use for NetBox, but it's not a common enough need to warrant including a field for _every_ NetBox installation. Instead, you can create a custom field to hold this data.
+
+Within the database, custom fields are stored as JSON data directly alongside each object. This alleviates the need for complex queries when retrieving objects.
+
+## Creating Custom Fields
+
+Custom fields may be created by navigating to Customization > Custom Fields. NetBox supports many types of custom field:
+
+* Text: Free-form text (intended for single-line use)
+* Long text: Free-form of any length; supports Markdown rendering
+* Integer: A whole number (positive or negative)
+* Decimal: A fixed-precision decimal number (4 decimal places)
+* Boolean: True or false
+* Date: A date in ISO 8601 format (YYYY-MM-DD)
+* Date & time: A date and time in ISO 8601 format (YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS)
+* URL: This will be presented as a link in the web UI
+* JSON: Arbitrary data stored in JSON format
+* Selection: A selection of one of several pre-defined custom choices
+* Multiple selection: A selection field which supports the assignment of multiple values
+* Object: A single NetBox object of the type defined by `object_type`
+* Multiple object: One or more NetBox objects of the type defined by `object_type`
+
+Each custom field must have a name. This should be a simple database-friendly string (e.g. `tps_report`) and may contain only alphanumeric characters and underscores. You may also assign a corresponding human-friendly label (e.g. "TPS report"); the label will be displayed on web forms. A weight is also required: Higher-weight fields will be ordered lower within a form. (The default weight is 100.) If a description is provided, it will appear beneath the field in a form.
+
+Marking a field as required will force the user to provide a value for the field when creating a new object or when saving an existing object. A default value for the field may also be provided. Use "true" or "false" for boolean fields, or the exact value of a choice for selection fields.
+
+A custom field must be assigned to one or more object types, or models, in NetBox. Once created, custom fields will automatically appear as part of these models in the web UI and REST API. Note that not all models support custom fields.
+
+### Filtering
+
+The filter logic controls how values are matched when filtering objects by the custom field. Loose filtering (the default) matches on a partial value, whereas exact matching requires a complete match of the given string to a field's value. For example, exact filtering with the string "red" will only match the exact value "red", whereas loose filtering will match on the values "red", "red-orange", or "bored". Setting the filter logic to "disabled" disables filtering by the field entirely.
+
+### Grouping
+
+Related custom fields can be grouped together within the UI by assigning each the same group name. When at least one custom field for an object type has a group defined, it will appear under the group heading within the custom fields panel under the object view. All custom fields with the same group name will appear under that heading. (Note that the group names must match exactly, or each will appear as a separate heading.)
+
+This parameter has no effect on the API representation of custom field data.
+
+### Visibility
+
+When creating a custom field, there are three options for UI visibility. These control how and whether the custom field is displayed within the NetBox UI.
+
+* **Read/write** (default): The custom field is included when viewing and editing objects.
+* **Read-only**: The custom field is displayed when viewing an object, but it cannot be edited via the UI. (It will appear in the form as a read-only field.)
+* **Hidden**: The custom field will never be displayed within the UI. This option is recommended for fields which are not intended for use by human users.
+
+Note that this setting has no impact on the REST or GraphQL APIs: Custom field data will always be available via either API.
+
+### Validation
+
+NetBox supports limited custom validation for custom field values. Following are the types of validation enforced for each field type:
+
+* Text: Regular expression (optional)
+* Integer: Minimum and/or maximum value (optional)
+* Selection: Must exactly match one of the prescribed choices
+
+### Custom Selection Fields
+
+Each custom selection field must designate a [choice set](../models/extras/customfieldchoiceset.md) containing at least two choices. These are specified as a comma-separated list.
+
+If a default value is specified for a selection field, it must exactly match one of the provided choices. The value of a multiple selection field will always return a list, even if only one value is selected.
+
+### Custom Object Fields
+
+An object or multi-object custom field can be used to refer to a particular NetBox object or objects as the "value" for a custom field. These custom fields must define an `object_type`, which determines the type of object to which custom field instances point.
+
+## Custom Fields in Templates
+
+Several features within NetBox, such as export templates and webhooks, utilize Jinja2 templating. For convenience, objects which support custom field assignment expose custom field data through the `cf` property. This is a bit cleaner than accessing custom field data through the actual field (`custom_field_data`).
+
+For example, a custom field named `foo123` on the Site model is accessible on an instance as `{{ site.cf.foo123 }}`.
+
+## Custom Fields and the REST API
+
+When retrieving an object via the REST API, all of its custom data will be included within the `custom_fields` attribute. For example, below is the partial output of a site with two custom fields defined:
+
+```json
+{
+    "id": 123,
+    "url": "http://localhost:8000/api/dcim/sites/123/",
+    "name": "Raleigh 42",
+    ...
+    "custom_fields": {
+        "deployed": "2018-06-19",
+        "site_code": "US-NC-RAL42"
+    },
+    ...
+```
+
+To set or change these values, simply include nested JSON data. For example:
+
+```json
+{
+    "name": "New Site",
+    "slug": "new-site",
+    "custom_fields": {
+        "deployed": "2019-03-24"
+    }
+}
+```

docs/customization/custom-links.md

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+# Custom Links
+
+Custom links allow users to display arbitrary hyperlinks to external content within NetBox object views. These are helpful for cross-referencing related records in systems outside NetBox. For example, you might create a custom link on the device view which links to the current device in a Network Monitoring System (NMS).
+
+Custom links are created by navigating to Customization > Custom Links. Each link is associated with a particular NetBox object type (site, device, prefix, etc.) and will be displayed on relevant views. Each link has display text and a URL, and data from the NetBox item being viewed can be included in the link using [Jinja2 template code](https://jinja2docs.readthedocs.io/en/stable/) through the variable `object`, and custom fields through `object.cf`.
+
+For example, you might define a link like this:
+
+* Text: `View NMS`
+* URL: `https://nms.example.com/nodes/?name={{ object.name }}`
+
+When viewing a device named Router4, this link would render as:
+
+```no-highlight
+<a href="https://nms.example.com/nodes/?name=Router4">View NMS</a>
+```
+
+Custom links appear as buttons in the top right corner of the page. Numeric weighting can be used to influence the ordering of links, and each link can be enabled or disabled individually.
+
+!!! warning
+    Custom links rely on user-created code to generate arbitrary HTML output, which may be dangerous. Only grant permission to create or modify custom links to trusted users.
+
+## Context Data
+
+The following context data is available within the template when rendering a custom link's text or URL.
+
+| Variable  | Description                                                                                                       |
+|-----------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+| `object`  | The NetBox object being displayed                                                                                 |
+| `debug`   | A boolean indicating whether debugging is enabled                                                                 |
+| `request` | The current WSGI request                                                                                          |
+| `user`    | The current user (if authenticated)                                                                               |
+| `perms`   | The [permissions](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/topics/auth/default/#permissions) assigned to the user |
+
+While most of the context variables listed above will have consistent attributes, the object will be an instance of the specific object being viewed when the link is rendered. Different models have different fields and properties, so you may need to some research to determine the attributes available for use within your template for a specific object type.
+
+Checking the REST API representation of an object is generally a convenient way to determine what attributes are available. You can also reference the NetBox source code directly for a comprehensive list.
+
+## Conditional Rendering
+
+Only links which render with non-empty text are included on the page. You can employ conditional Jinja2 logic to control the conditions under which a link gets rendered.
+
+For example, if you only want to display a link for active devices, you could set the link text to
+
+```jinja2
+{% if object.status == 'active' %}View NMS{% endif %}
+```
+
+The link will not appear when viewing a device with any status other than "active."
+
+As another example, if you wanted to show only devices belonging to a certain manufacturer, you could do something like this:
+
+```jinja2
+{% if object.device_type.manufacturer.name == 'Cisco' %}View NMS{% endif %}
+```
+
+The link will only appear when viewing a device with a manufacturer name of "Cisco."
+
+## Link Groups
+
+Group names can be specified to organize links into groups. Links with the same group name will render as a dropdown menu beneath a single button bearing the name of the group.
+
+## Table Columns
+
+Custom links can also be included in object tables by selecting the desired links from the table configuration form. When displayed, each link will render as a hyperlink for its corresponding object. When exported (e.g. as CSV data), each link render only its URL.

docs/customization/custom-scripts.md

@@ -0,0 +1,412 @@
+# Custom Scripts
+
+Custom scripting was introduced to provide a way for users to execute custom logic from within the NetBox UI. Custom scripts enable the user to directly and conveniently manipulate NetBox data in a prescribed fashion. They can be used to accomplish myriad tasks, such as:
+
+* Automatically populate new devices and cables in preparation for a new site deployment
+* Create a range of new reserved prefixes or IP addresses
+* Fetch data from an external source and import it to NetBox
+
+Custom scripts are Python code and exist outside of the official NetBox code base, so they can be updated and changed without interfering with the core NetBox installation. And because they're completely custom, there is no inherent limitation on what a script can accomplish.
+
+## Writing Custom Scripts
+
+All custom scripts must inherit from the `extras.scripts.Script` base class. This class provides the functionality necessary to generate forms and log activity.
+
+```python
+from extras.scripts import Script
+
+class MyScript(Script):
+    ...
+```
+
+Scripts comprise two core components: a set of variables and a `run()` method. Variables allow your script to accept user input via the NetBox UI, but they are optional: If your script does not require any user input, there is no need to define any variables.
+
+The `run()` method is where your script's execution logic lives. (Note that your script can have as many methods as needed: this is merely the point of invocation for NetBox.)
+
+```python
+class MyScript(Script):
+    var1 = StringVar(...)
+    var2 = IntegerVar(...)
+    var3 = ObjectVar(...)
+
+    def run(self, data, commit):
+        ...
+```
+
+The `run()` method should accept two arguments:
+
+* `data` - A dictionary containing all the variable data passed via the web form.
+* `commit` - A boolean indicating whether database changes will be committed.
+
+Defining script variables is optional: You may create a script with only a `run()` method if no user input is needed.
+
+Any output generated by the script during its execution will be displayed under the "output" tab in the UI.
+
+By default, scripts within a module are ordered alphabetically in the scripts list page. To return scripts in a specific order, you can define the `script_order` variable at the end of your module. The `script_order` variable is a tuple which contains each Script class in the desired order. Any scripts that are omitted from this list will be listed last.
+
+```python
+from extras.scripts import Script
+
+class MyCustomScript(Script):
+    ...
+
+class AnotherCustomScript(Script):
+    ...
+
+script_order = (MyCustomScript, AnotherCustomScript)
+```
+
+## Module Attributes
+
+### `name`
+
+You can define `name` within a script module (the Python file which contains one or more scripts) to set the module name. If `name` is not defined, the module's file name will be used.
+
+## Script Attributes
+
+Script attributes are defined under a class named `Meta` within the script. These are optional, but encouraged.
+
+### `name`
+
+This is the human-friendly names of your script. If omitted, the class name will be used.
+
+### `description`
+
+A human-friendly description of what your script does.
+
+### `field_order`
+
+By default, script variables will be ordered in the form as they are defined in the script. `field_order` may be defined as an iterable of field names to determine the order in which variables are rendered within a default "Script Data" group. Any fields not included in this iterable be listed last. If `fieldsets` is defined, `field_order` will be ignored.  A fieldset group for "Script Execution Parameters" will be added to the end of the form by default for the user.
+
+### `fieldsets`
+
+`fieldsets` may be defined as an iterable of field groups and their field names to determine the order in which variables are group and rendered. Any fields not included in this iterable will not be displayed in the form. If `fieldsets` is defined, `field_order` will be ignored.  A fieldset group for "Script Execution Parameters" will be added to the end of the fieldsets by default for the user.
+
+An example fieldset definition is provided below:
+
+```python
+class MyScript(Script):
+    class Meta:
+        fieldsets = (
+            ('First group', ('field1', 'field2', 'field3')),
+            ('Second group', ('field4', 'field5')),
+        )
+```
+
+### `commit_default`
+
+The checkbox to commit database changes when executing a script is checked by default. Set `commit_default` to False under the script's Meta class to leave this option unchecked by default.
+
+```python
+commit_default = False
+```
+
+### `scheduling_enabled`
+
+By default, a script can be scheduled for execution at a later time. Setting `scheduling_enabled` to False disables this ability: Only immediate execution will be possible. (This also disables the ability to set a recurring execution interval.)
+
+### `job_timeout`
+
+Set the maximum allowed runtime for the script. If not set, `RQ_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT` will be used.
+
+## Accessing Request Data
+
+Details of the current HTTP request (the one being made to execute the script) are available as the instance attribute `self.request`. This can be used to infer, for example, the user executing the script and the client IP address:
+
+```python
+username = self.request.user.username
+ip_address = self.request.META.get('HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR') or \
+    self.request.META.get('REMOTE_ADDR')
+self.log_info(f"Running as user {username} (IP: {ip_address})...")
+```
+
+For a complete list of available request parameters, please see the [Django documentation](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/ref/request-response/).
+
+## Reading Data from Files
+
+The Script class provides two convenience methods for reading data from files:
+
+* `load_yaml`
+* `load_json`
+
+These two methods will load data in YAML or JSON format, respectively, from files within the local path (i.e. `SCRIPTS_ROOT`).
+
+## Logging
+
+The Script object provides a set of convenient functions for recording messages at different severity levels:
+
+* `log_debug`
+* `log_success`
+* `log_info`
+* `log_warning`
+* `log_failure`
+
+Log messages are returned to the user upon execution of the script. Markdown rendering is supported for log messages.
+
+## Change Logging
+
+To generate the correct change log data when editing an existing object, a snapshot of the object must be taken before making any changes to the object.
+
+```python
+if obj.pk and hasattr(obj, 'snapshot'):
+    obj.snapshot()
+
+obj.property = "New Value"
+obj.full_clean()
+obj.save()
+```
+
+## Error handling
+
+Sometimes things go wrong and a script will run into an `Exception`. If that happens and an uncaught exception is raised by the custom script, the execution is aborted and a full stack trace is reported.
+
+Although this is helpful for debugging, in some situations it might be required to cleanly abort the execution of a custom script (e.g. because of invalid input data) and thereby make sure no changes are performed on the database. In this case the script can throw an `AbortScript` exception, which will prevent the stack trace from being reported, but still terminating the script's execution and reporting a given error message.
+
+```python
+from utilities.exceptions import AbortScript
+
+if some_error:
+    raise AbortScript("Some meaningful error message")
+```
+
+## Variable Reference
+
+### Default Options
+
+All custom script variables support the following default options:
+
+* `default` - The field's default value
+* `description` - A brief user-friendly description of the field
+* `label` - The field name to be displayed in the rendered form
+* `required` - Indicates whether the field is mandatory (all fields are required by default)
+* `widget` - The class of form widget to use (see the [Django documentation](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/ref/forms/widgets/))
+
+### StringVar
+
+Stores a string of characters (i.e. text). Options include:
+
+* `min_length` - Minimum number of characters
+* `max_length` - Maximum number of characters
+* `regex` - A regular expression against which the provided value must match
+
+Note that `min_length` and `max_length` can be set to the same number to effect a fixed-length field.
+
+### TextVar
+
+Arbitrary text of any length. Renders as a multi-line text input field.
+
+### IntegerVar
+
+Stores a numeric integer. Options include:
+
+* `min_value` - Minimum value
+* `max_value` - Maximum value
+
+### BooleanVar
+
+A true/false flag. This field has no options beyond the defaults listed above.
+
+### ChoiceVar
+
+A set of choices from which the user can select one.
+
+* `choices` - A list of `(value, label)` tuples representing the available choices. For example:
+
+```python
+CHOICES = (
+    ('n', 'North'),
+    ('s', 'South'),
+    ('e', 'East'),
+    ('w', 'West')
+)
+
+direction = ChoiceVar(choices=CHOICES)
+```
+
+In the example above, selecting the choice labeled "North" will submit the value `n`.
+
+### MultiChoiceVar
+
+Similar to `ChoiceVar`, but allows for the selection of multiple choices.
+
+### ObjectVar
+
+A particular object within NetBox. Each ObjectVar must specify a particular model, and allows the user to select one of the available instances. ObjectVar accepts several arguments, listed below.
+
+* `model` - The model class
+* `query_params` - A dictionary of query parameters to use when retrieving available options (optional)
+* `null_option` - A label representing a "null" or empty choice (optional)
+
+To limit the selections available within the list, additional query parameters can be passed as the `query_params` dictionary. For example, to show only devices with an "active" status:
+
+```python
+device = ObjectVar(
+    model=Device,
+    query_params={
+        'status': 'active'
+    }
+)
+```
+
+Multiple values can be specified by assigning a list to the dictionary key. It is also possible to reference the value of other fields in the form by prepending a dollar sign (`$`) to the variable's name.
+
+```python
+region = ObjectVar(
+    model=Region
+)
+site = ObjectVar(
+    model=Site,
+    query_params={
+        'region_id': '$region'
+    }
+)
+```
+
+### MultiObjectVar
+
+Similar to `ObjectVar`, but allows for the selection of multiple objects.
+
+### FileVar
+
+An uploaded file. Note that uploaded files are present in memory only for the duration of the script's execution: They will not be automatically saved for future use. The script is responsible for writing file contents to disk where necessary.
+
+### IPAddressVar
+
+An IPv4 or IPv6 address, without a mask. Returns a `netaddr.IPAddress` object.
+
+### IPAddressWithMaskVar
+
+An IPv4 or IPv6 address with a mask. Returns a `netaddr.IPNetwork` object which includes the mask.
+
+### IPNetworkVar
+
+An IPv4 or IPv6 network with a mask. Returns a `netaddr.IPNetwork` object. Two attributes are available to validate the provided mask:
+
+* `min_prefix_length` - Minimum length of the mask
+* `max_prefix_length` - Maximum length of the mask
+
+## Running Custom Scripts
+
+!!! note
+    To run a custom script, a user must be assigned via permissions for `Extras > Script`, `Extras > ScriptModule`, and `Core > ManagedFile` objects. They must also be assigned the `extras.run_script` permission. This is achieved by assigning the user (or group) a permission on the Script object and specifying the `run` action in the admin UI as shown below.
+
+    ![Adding the run action to a permission](../media/admin_ui_run_permission.png)
+
+### Via the Web UI
+
+Custom scripts can be run via the web UI by navigating to the script, completing any required form data, and clicking the "run script" button. It is possible to schedule a script to be executed at specified time in the future. A scheduled script can be canceled by deleting the associated job result object.
+
+### Via the API
+
+To run a script via the REST API, issue a POST request to the script's endpoint specifying the form data and commitment. For example, to run a script named `example.MyReport`, we would make a request such as the following:
+
+```no-highlight
+curl -X POST \
+-H "Authorization: Token $TOKEN" \
+-H "Content-Type: application/json" \
+-H "Accept: application/json; indent=4" \
+http://netbox/api/extras/scripts/example.MyReport/ \
+--data '{"data": {"foo": "somevalue", "bar": 123}, "commit": true}'
+```
+
+Optionally `schedule_at` can be passed in the form data with a datetime string to schedule a script at the specified date and time.
+
+### Via the CLI
+
+Scripts can be run on the CLI by invoking the management command:
+
+```
+python3 manage.py runscript [--commit] [--loglevel {debug,info,warning,error,critical}] [--data "<data>"] <module>.<script>
+```
+
+The required ``<module>.<script>`` argument is the script to run where ``<module>`` is the name of the python file in the ``scripts`` directory without the ``.py`` extension and ``<script>`` is the name of the script class in the ``<module>`` to run.
+
+The optional ``--data "<data>"`` argument is the data to send to the script
+
+The optional ``--loglevel`` argument is the desired logging level to output to the console.
+
+The optional ``--commit`` argument will commit any changes in the script to the database.
+
+## Example
+
+Below is an example script that creates new objects for a planned site. The user is prompted for three variables:
+
+* The name of the new site
+* The device model (a filtered list of defined device types)
+* The number of access switches to create
+
+These variables are presented as a web form to be completed by the user. Once submitted, the script's `run()` method is called to create the appropriate objects.
+
+```python
+from django.utils.text import slugify
+
+from dcim.choices import DeviceStatusChoices, SiteStatusChoices
+from dcim.models import Device, DeviceRole, DeviceType, Manufacturer, Site
+from extras.scripts import *
+
+
+class NewBranchScript(Script):
+
+    class Meta:
+        name = "New Branch"
+        description = "Provision a new branch site"
+        field_order = ['site_name', 'switch_count', 'switch_model']
+
+    site_name = StringVar(
+        description="Name of the new site"
+    )
+    switch_count = IntegerVar(
+        description="Number of access switches to create"
+    )
+    manufacturer = ObjectVar(
+        model=Manufacturer,
+        required=False
+    )
+    switch_model = ObjectVar(
+        description="Access switch model",
+        model=DeviceType,
+        query_params={
+            'manufacturer_id': '$manufacturer'
+        }
+    )
+
+    def run(self, data, commit):
+
+        # Create the new site
+        site = Site(
+            name=data['site_name'],
+            slug=slugify(data['site_name']),
+            status=SiteStatusChoices.STATUS_PLANNED
+        )
+        site.full_clean()
+        site.save()
+        self.log_success(f"Created new site: {site}")
+
+        # Create access switches
+        switch_role = DeviceRole.objects.get(name='Access Switch')
+        for i in range(1, data['switch_count'] + 1):
+            switch = Device(
+                device_type=data['switch_model'],
+                name=f'{site.slug}-switch{i}',
+                site=site,
+                status=DeviceStatusChoices.STATUS_PLANNED,
+                role=switch_role
+            )
+            switch.full_clean()
+            switch.save()
+            self.log_success(f"Created new switch: {switch}")
+
+        # Generate a CSV table of new devices
+        output = [
+            'name,make,model'
+        ]
+        for switch in Device.objects.filter(site=site):
+            attrs = [
+                switch.name,
+                switch.device_type.manufacturer.name,
+                switch.device_type.model
+            ]
+            output.append(','.join(attrs))
+
+        return '\n'.join(output)
+```

docs/customization/custom-validation.md

@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+# Custom Validation
+
+NetBox validates every object prior to it being written to the database to ensure data integrity. This validation includes things like checking for proper formatting and that references to related objects are valid. However, you may wish to supplement this validation with some rules of your own. For example, perhaps you require that every site's name conforms to a specific pattern.  This can be done using custom validation rules.
+
+## Custom Validation Rules
+
+Custom validation rules are expressed as a mapping of model attributes to a set of rules to which that attribute must conform. For example:
+
+```json
+{
+  "name": {
+    "min_length": 5,
+    "max_length": 30
+  }
+}
+```
+
+This defines a custom validator which checks that the length of the `name` attribute for an object is at least five characters long, and no longer than 30 characters. This validation is executed _after_ NetBox has performed its own internal validation.
+
+The `CustomValidator` class supports several validation types:
+
+* `min`: Minimum value
+* `max`: Maximum value
+* `min_length`: Minimum string length
+* `max_length`: Maximum string length
+* `regex`: Application of a [regular expression](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression)
+* `required`: A value must be specified
+* `prohibited`: A value must _not_ be specified
+
+The `min` and `max` types should be defined for numeric values, whereas `min_length`, `max_length`, and `regex` are suitable for character strings (text values). The `required` and `prohibited` validators may be used for any field, and should be passed a value of `True`.
+
+!!! warning
+    Bear in mind that these validators merely supplement NetBox's own validation: They will not override it. For example, if a certain model field is required by NetBox, setting a validator for it with `{'prohibited': True}` will not work.
+
+### Custom Validation Logic
+
+There may be instances where the provided validation types are insufficient. NetBox provides a `CustomValidator` class which can be extended to enforce arbitrary validation logic by overriding its `validate()` method, and calling `fail()` when an unsatisfactory condition is detected.
+
+```python
+from extras.validators import CustomValidator
+
+class MyValidator(CustomValidator):
+
+    def validate(self, instance):
+        if instance.status == 'active' and not instance.description:
+            self.fail("Active sites must have a description set!", field='status')
+```
+
+The `fail()` method may optionally specify a field with which to associate the supplied error message. If specified, the error message will appear to the user as associated with this field. If omitted, the error message will not be associated with any field.
+
+## Assigning Custom Validators
+
+Custom validators are associated with specific NetBox models under the [CUSTOM_VALIDATORS](../configuration/data-validation.md#custom_validators) configuration parameter. There are three manners by which custom validation rules can be defined:
+
+1. Plain JSON mapping (no custom logic)
+2. Dotted path to a custom validator class
+3. Direct reference to a custom validator class
+
+### Plain Data
+
+For cases where custom logic is not needed, it is sufficient to pass validation rules as plain JSON-compatible objects. This approach typically affords the most portability for your configuration. For instance:
+
+```python
+CUSTOM_VALIDATORS = {
+    "dcim.site": [
+        {
+            "name": {
+                "min_length": 5,
+                "max_length": 30,
+            }
+        }
+    ],
+    "dcim.device": [
+        {
+            "platform": {
+                "required": True,
+            }
+        }
+    ]
+}
+```
+
+### Dotted Path
+
+In instances where a custom validator class is needed, it can be referenced by its Python path (relative to NetBox's working directory):
+
+```python
+CUSTOM_VALIDATORS = {
+    'dcim.site': (
+        'my_validators.Validator1',
+        'my_validators.Validator2',
+    ),
+    'dcim.device': (
+        'my_validators.Validator3',
+    )
+}
+```
+
+### Direct Class Reference
+
+This approach requires each class being instantiated to be imported directly within the Python configuration file.
+
+```python
+from my_validators import Validator1, Validator2, Validator3
+
+CUSTOM_VALIDATORS = {
+    'dcim.site': (
+        Validator1(),
+        Validator2(),
+    ),
+    'dcim.device': (
+        Validator3(),
+    )
+}
+```
+
+!!! note
+    Even if defining only a single validator, it must be passed as an iterable.

docs/customization/export-templates.md

@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+# Export Templates
+
+NetBox allows users to define custom templates that can be used when exporting objects. To create an export template, navigate to Customization > Export Templates.
+
+Each export template is associated with a certain type of object. For instance, if you create an export template for VLANs, your custom template will appear under the "Export" button on the VLANs list. Each export template must have a name, and may optionally designate a specific export [MIME type](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Basics_of_HTTP/MIME_types) and/or file extension.
+
+Export templates must be written in [Jinja2](https://jinja.palletsprojects.com/).
+
+!!! note
+    The name `table` is reserved for internal use.
+
+!!! warning
+    Export templates are rendered using user-submitted code, which may pose security risks under certain conditions. Only grant permission to create or modify export templates to trusted users.
+
+The list of objects returned from the database when rendering an export template is stored in the `queryset` variable, which you'll typically want to iterate through using a `for` loop. Object properties can be access by name. For example:
+
+```jinja2
+{% for rack in queryset %}
+Rack: {{ rack.name }}
+Site: {{ rack.site.name }}
+Height: {{ rack.u_height }}U
+{% endfor %}
+```
+
+To access custom fields of an object within a template, use the `cf` attribute. For example, `{{ obj.cf.color }}` will return the value (if any) for a custom field named `color` on `obj`.
+
+If you need to use the config context data in an export template, you'll should use the function `get_config_context` to get all the config context data. For example:
+```
+{% for server in queryset %}
+{% set data = server.get_config_context() %}
+{{ data.syslog }}
+{% endfor %}
+```
+
+The `as_attachment` attribute of an export template controls its behavior when rendered. If true, the rendered content will be returned to the user as a downloadable file. If false, it will be displayed within the browser. (This may be handy e.g. for generating HTML content.)
+
+A MIME type and file extension can optionally be defined for each export template. The default MIME type is `text/plain`.
+
+
+## REST API Integration
+
+When it is necessary to provide authentication credentials (such as when [`LOGIN_REQUIRED`](../configuration/security.md#login_required) has been enabled), it is recommended to render export templates via the REST API. This allows the client to specify an authentication token. To render an export template via the REST API, make a `GET` request to the model's list endpoint and append the `export` parameter specifying the export template name. For example:
+
+```
+GET /api/dcim/sites/?export=MyTemplateName
+```
+
+Note that the body of the response will contain only the rendered export template content, as opposed to a JSON object or list.
+
+## Example
+
+Here's an example device export template that will generate a simple Nagios configuration from a list of devices.
+
+```
+{% for device in queryset %}{% if device.status and device.primary_ip %}define host{
+        use                     generic-switch
+        host_name               {{ device.name }}
+        address                 {{ device.primary_ip.address.ip }}
+}
+{% endif %}{% endfor %}
+```
+
+The generated output will look something like this:
+
+```
+define host{
+        use                     generic-switch
+        host_name               switch1
+        address                 192.0.2.1
+}
+define host{
+        use                     generic-switch
+        host_name               switch2
+        address                 192.0.2.2
+}
+define host{
+        use                     generic-switch
+        host_name               switch3
+        address                 192.0.2.3
+}
+```

docs/customization/reports.md

@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+# NetBox Reports
+
+A NetBox report is a mechanism for validating the integrity of data within NetBox. Running a report allows the user to verify that the objects defined within NetBox meet certain arbitrary conditions. For example, you can write reports to check that:
+
+* All top-of-rack switches have a console connection
+* Every router has a loopback interface with an IP address assigned
+* Each interface description conforms to a standard format
+* Every site has a minimum set of VLANs defined
+* All IP addresses have a parent prefix
+
+...and so on. Reports are completely customizable, so there's practically no limit to what you can test for.
+
+## Writing Reports
+
+Reports must be saved as files in the [`REPORTS_ROOT`](../configuration/system.md#reports_root) path (which defaults to `netbox/reports/`). Each file created within this path is considered a separate module. Each module holds one or more reports (Python classes), each of which performs a certain function. The logic of each report is broken into discrete test methods, each of which applies a small portion of the logic comprising the overall test.
+
+!!! warning
+    The reports path includes a file named `__init__.py`, which registers the path as a Python module. Do not delete this file.
+
+For example, we can create a module named `devices.py` to hold all of our reports which pertain to devices in NetBox. Within that module, we might define several reports. Each report is defined as a Python class inheriting from `extras.reports.Report`.
+
+```
+from extras.reports import Report
+
+class DeviceConnectionsReport(Report):
+    description = "Validate the minimum physical connections for each device"
+
+class DeviceIPsReport(Report):
+    description = "Check that every device has a primary IP address assigned"
+```
+
+Within each report class, we'll create a number of test methods to execute our report's logic. In DeviceConnectionsReport, for instance, we want to ensure that every live device has a console connection, an out-of-band management connection, and two power connections.
+
+```
+from dcim.choices import DeviceStatusChoices
+from dcim.models import ConsolePort, Device, PowerPort
+from extras.reports import Report
+
+
+class DeviceConnectionsReport(Report):
+    description = "Validate the minimum physical connections for each device"
+
+    def test_console_connection(self):
+
+        # Check that every console port for every active device has a connection defined.
+        active = DeviceStatusChoices.STATUS_ACTIVE
+        for console_port in ConsolePort.objects.prefetch_related('device').filter(device__status=active):
+            if not console_port.connected_endpoints:
+                self.log_failure(
+                    console_port.device,
+                    "No console connection defined for {}".format(console_port.name)
+                )
+            elif not console_port.connection_status:
+                self.log_warning(
+                    console_port.device,
+                    "Console connection for {} marked as planned".format(console_port.name)
+                )
+            else:
+                self.log_success(console_port.device)
+
+    def test_power_connections(self):
+
+        # Check that every active device has at least two connected power supplies.
+        for device in Device.objects.filter(status=DeviceStatusChoices.STATUS_ACTIVE):
+            connected_ports = 0
+            for power_port in PowerPort.objects.filter(device=device):
+                if power_port.connected_endpoints:
+                    connected_ports += 1
+                    if not power_port.path.is_active:
+                        self.log_warning(
+                            device,
+                            "Power connection for {} marked as planned".format(power_port.name)
+                        )
+            if connected_ports < 2:
+                self.log_failure(
+                    device,
+                    "{} connected power supplies found (2 needed)".format(connected_ports)
+                )
+            else:
+                self.log_success(device)
+```
+
+As you can see, reports are completely customizable. Validation logic can be as simple or as complex as needed. Also note that the `description` attribute support markdown syntax. It will be rendered in the report list page.
+
+!!! warning
+    Reports should never alter data: If you find yourself using the `create()`, `save()`, `update()`, or `delete()` methods on objects within reports, stop and re-evaluate what you're trying to accomplish. Note that there are no safeguards against the accidental alteration or destruction of data.
+
+## Report Attributes
+
+### `description`
+
+A human-friendly description of what your report does.
+
+### `scheduling_enabled`
+
+By default, a report can be scheduled for execution at a later time. Setting `scheduling_enabled` to False disables this ability: Only immediate execution will be possible. (This also disables the ability to set a recurring execution interval.)
+
+### `job_timeout`
+
+Set the maximum allowed runtime for the report. If not set, `RQ_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT` will be used.
+
+## Logging
+
+The following methods are available to log results within a report:
+
+* log(message)
+* log_success(object, message=None)
+* log_info(object, message)
+* log_warning(object, message)
+* log_failure(object, message)
+
+The recording of one or more failure messages will automatically flag a report as failed. It is advised to log a success for each object that is evaluated so that the results will reflect how many objects are being reported on. (The inclusion of a log message is optional for successes.) Messages recorded with `log()` will appear in a report's results but are not associated with a particular object or status. Log messages also support using markdown syntax and will be rendered on the report result page.
+
+To perform additional tasks, such as sending an email or calling a webhook, before or after a report is run, extend the `pre_run()` and/or `post_run()` methods, respectively.
+
+By default, reports within a module are ordered alphabetically in the reports list page. To return reports in a specific order, you can define the `report_order` variable at the end of your module. The `report_order` variable is a tuple which contains each Report class in the desired order. Any reports that are omitted from this list will be listed last.
+
+```
+from extras.reports import Report
+
+class DeviceConnectionsReport(Report)
+    pass
+
+class DeviceIPsReport(Report)
+    pass
+
+report_order = (DeviceIPsReport, DeviceConnectionsReport)
+```
+
+Once you have created a report, it will appear in the reports list. Initially, reports will have no results associated with them. To generate results, run the report.
+
+## Running Reports
+
+!!! note
+    To run a report, a user must be assigned via permissions for `Extras > Report`, `Extras > ReportModule`, and `Core > ManagedFile` objects. They must also be assigned the `extras.run_report` permission. This is achieved by assigning the user (or group) a permission on the Report object and specifying the `run` action in the admin UI as shown below.
+
+    ![Adding the run action to a permission](../media/admin_ui_run_permission.png)
+
+### Via the Web UI
+
+Reports can be run via the web UI by navigating to the report and clicking the "run report" button at top right. Once a report has been run, its associated results will be included in the report view. It is possible to schedule a report to be executed at specified time in the future. A scheduled report can be canceled by deleting the associated job result object.
+
+### Via the API
+
+To run a report via the API, simply issue a POST request to its `run` endpoint. Reports are identified by their module and class name.
+
+```
+    POST /api/extras/reports/<module>.<name>/run/
+```
+
+Our example report above would be called as:
+
+```
+    POST /api/extras/reports/devices.DeviceConnectionsReport/run/
+```
+
+Optionally `schedule_at` can be passed in the form data with a datetime string to schedule a script at the specified date and time.
+
+### Via the CLI
+
+Reports can be run on the CLI by invoking the management command:
+
+```
+python3 manage.py runreport <module>
+```
+
+where ``<module>`` is the name of the python file in the ``reports`` directory without the ``.py`` extension.  One or more report modules may be specified.

docs/development/adding-models.md

@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+# Adding Models
+
+## 1. Define the model class
+
+Models within each app are stored in either `models.py` or within a submodule under the `models/` directory. When creating a model, be sure to subclass the [appropriate base model](models.md) from `netbox.models`. This will typically be NetBoxModel or OrganizationalModel. Remember to add the model class to the `__all__` listing for the module.
+
+Each model should define, at a minimum:
+
+* A `Meta` class specifying a deterministic ordering (if ordered by fields other than the primary ID)
+* A `__str__()` method returning a user-friendly string representation of the instance
+* A `get_absolute_url()` method returning an instance's direct URL (using `reverse()`)
+
+## 2. Define field choices
+
+If the model has one or more fields with static choices, define those choices in `choices.py` by subclassing `utilities.choices.ChoiceSet`.
+
+## 3. Generate database migrations
+
+Once your model definition is complete, generate database migrations by running `manage.py makemigrations -n $NAME --no-header`. Always specify a short unique name when generating migrations.
+
+!!! info "Configuration Required"
+    Set `DEVELOPER = True` in your NetBox configuration to enable the creation of new migrations.
+
+## 4. Add all standard views
+
+Most models will need view classes created in `views.py` to serve the following operations:
+
+* List view
+* Detail view
+* Edit view
+* Delete view
+* Bulk import
+* Bulk edit
+* Bulk delete
+
+## 5. Add URL paths
+
+Add the relevant URL path for each view created in the previous step to `urls.py`.
+
+## 6. Add relevant forms
+
+Depending on the type of model being added, you may need to define several types of form classes. These include:
+
+* A base model form (for creating/editing individual objects)
+* A bulk edit form
+* A bulk import form (for CSV-based import)
+* A filterset form (for filtering the object list view)
+
+## 7. Create the FilterSet
+
+Each model should have a corresponding FilterSet class defined. This is used to filter UI and API queries. Subclass the appropriate class from `netbox.filtersets` that matches the model's parent class.
+
+## 8. Create the table class
+
+Create a table class for the model in `tables.py` by subclassing `utilities.tables.BaseTable`. Under the table's `Meta` class, be sure to list both the fields and default columns.
+
+## 9. Create a SearchIndex subclass
+
+If this model will be included in global search results, create a subclass of `netbox.search.SearchIndex` for it and specify the fields to be indexed.
+
+## 10. Create the object template
+
+Create the HTML template for the object view. (The other views each typically employ a generic template.) This template should extend `generic/object.html`.
+
+## 11. Add the model to the navigation menu
+
+Add the relevant navigation menu items in `netbox/netbox/navigation/menu.py`.
+
+## 12. REST API components
+
+Create the following for each model:
+
+* Detailed (full) model serializer in `api/serializers.py`
+* Nested serializer in `api/nested_serializers.py`
+* API view in `api/views.py`
+* Endpoint route in `api/urls.py`
+
+## 13. GraphQL API components
+
+Create a Graphene object type for the model in `graphql/types.py` by subclassing the appropriate class from `netbox.graphql.types`.
+
+Also extend the schema class defined in `graphql/schema.py` with the individual object and object list fields per the established convention.
+
+## 14. Add tests
+
+Add tests for the following:
+
+* UI views
+* API views
+* Filter sets
+
+## 15. Documentation
+
+Create a new documentation page for the model in `docs/models/<app_label>/<model_name>.md`. Include this file under the "features" documentation where appropriate.
+
+Also add your model to the index in `docs/development/models.md`.

docs/development/application-registry.md

@@ -1,11 +1,25 @@
 # Application Registry
 
-The registry is an in-memory data structure which houses various miscellaneous application-wide parameters, such as installed plugins. It is not exposed to the user and is not intended to be modified by any code outside of NetBox core.
+The registry is an in-memory data structure which houses various application-wide parameters, such as the list of enabled plugins. It is not exposed to the user and is not intended to be modified by any code outside of NetBox core.
 
-The registry behaves essentially like a Python dictionary, with the notable exception that once a store (key) has been declared, it cannot be deleted or overwritten. The value of a store can, however, me modified; e.g. by appending a value to a list. Store values generally do not change once the application has been initialized.
+The registry behaves essentially like a Python dictionary, with the notable exception that once a store (key) has been declared, it cannot be deleted or overwritten. The value of a store can, however, be modified; e.g. by appending a value to a list. Store values generally do not change once the application has been initialized.
+
+The registry can be inspected by importing `registry` from `extras.registry`.
 
 ## Stores
 
+### `counter_fields`
+
+A dictionary mapping of models to foreign keys with which cached counter fields are associated.
+
+### `data_backends`
+
+A dictionary mapping data backend types to their respective classes. These are used to interact with [remote data sources](../models/core/datasource.md).
+
+### `denormalized_fields`
+
+Stores registration made using `netbox.denormalized.register()`. For each model, a list of related models and their field mappings is maintained to facilitate automatic updates.
+
 ### `model_features`
 
 A dictionary of particular features (e.g. custom fields) mapped to the NetBox models which support them, arranged by app. For example:
@@ -18,38 +32,23 @@ A dictionary of particular features (e.g. custom fields) mapped to the NetBox mo
         ...
     },
     'webhooks': {
-        ...
+        'extras': ['configcontext', 'tag', ...],
+        'dcim': ['site', 'rack', 'devicetype', ...],
     },
     ...
 }
 ```
 
-### `plugin_menu_items`
+Supported model features are listed in the [features matrix](./models.md#features-matrix).
 
-Navigation menu items provided by NetBox plugins. Each plugin is registered as a key with the list of menu items it provides. An example:
+### `plugins`
 
-```python
-{
-    'Plugin A': (
-        <MenuItem>, <MenuItem>, <MenuItem>,
-    ),
-    'Plugin B': (
-        <MenuItem>, <MenuItem>, <MenuItem>,
-    ),
-}
-```
+This store maintains all registered items for plugins, such as navigation menus, template extensions, etc.
 
-### `plugin_template_extensions`
+### `search`
 
-Plugin content that gets embedded into core NetBox templates. The store comprises NetBox models registered as dictionary keys, each pointing to a list of applicable template extension classes that exist. An example:
+A dictionary mapping each model (identified by its app and label) to its search index class, if one has been registered for it.
 
-```python
-{
-    'dcim.site': [
-        <TemplateExtension>, <TemplateExtension>, <TemplateExtension>,
-    ],
-    'dcim.rack': [
-        <TemplateExtension>, <TemplateExtension>,
-    ],
-}
-```
+### `views`
+
+A hierarchical mapping of registered views for each model. Mappings are added using the `register_model_view()` decorator, and URLs paths can be generated from these using `get_model_urls()`.

docs/development/extending-models.md

@@ -1,65 +1,64 @@
 # Extending Models
 
-Below is a list of items to consider when adding a new field to a model:
+Below is a list of tasks to consider when adding a new field to a core model.
 
-## 1. Generate and run database migration
+## 1. Generate and run database migrations
 
-Django migrations are used to express changes to the database schema. In most cases, Django can generate these automatically, however very complex changes may require manual intervention. Always remember to specify a short but descriptive name when generating a new migration.
+[Django migrations](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/topics/migrations/) are used to express changes to the database schema. In most cases, Django can generate these automatically, however very complex changes may require manual intervention. Always remember to specify a short but descriptive name when generating a new migration.
 
 ```
 ./manage.py makemigrations <app> -n <name>
 ./manage.py migrate
 ```
 
-Where possible, try to merge related changes into a single migration. For example, if three new fields are being added to different models within an app, these can be expressed in the same migration. You can merge a new migration with an existing one by combining their `operations` lists.
+Where possible, try to merge related changes into a single migration. For example, if three new fields are being added to different models within an app, these can be expressed in a single migration. You can merge a newly generated migration with an existing one by combining their `operations` lists.
 
-!!! note
-    Migrations can only be merged within a release. Once a new release has been published, its migrations cannot be altered.
+!!! warning "Do not alter existing migrations"
+    Migrations can only be merged within a release. Once a new release has been published, its migrations cannot be altered (other than for the purpose of correcting a bug).
 
 ## 2. Add validation logic to `clean()`
 
-If the new field introduces additional validation requirements (beyond what's included with the field itself), implement them in the model's `clean()` method. Remember to call the model's original method using `super()` before or agter your custom validation as appropriate:
+If the new field introduces additional validation requirements (beyond what's included with the field itself), implement them in the model's `clean()` method. Remember to call the model's original method using `super()` before or after your custom validation as appropriate:
 
 ```
 class Foo(models.Model):
 
     def clean(self):
-
-        super(DeviceCSVForm, self).clean()
+        super().clean()
 
         # Custom validation goes here
         if self.bar is None:
             raise ValidationError()
 ```
 
-## 3. Add CSV helpers
+## 3. Update relevant querysets
 
-Add the name of the new field to `csv_headers` and included a CSV-friendly representation of its data in the model's `to_csv()` method. These will be used when exporting objects in CSV format.
+If you're adding a relational field (e.g. `ForeignKey`) and intend to include the data when retrieving a list of objects, be sure to include the field using `prefetch_related()` as appropriate. This will optimize the view and avoid extraneous database queries.
 
-## 4. Update relevant querysets
+## 4. Update API serializer
 
-If you're adding a relational field (e.g. `ForeignKey`) and intend to include the data when retreiving a list of objects, be sure to include the field using `prefetch_related()` as appropriate. This will optimize the view and avoid excessive database lookups.
+Extend the model's API serializer in `<app>.api.serializers` to include the new field. In most cases, it will not be necessary to also extend the nested serializer, which produces a minimal representation of the model.
 
-## 5. Update API serializer
+## 5. Add fields to forms
 
-Extend the model's API serializer in `<app>.api.serializers` to include the new field. In most cases, it will not be necessary to also extend the nested serializer, which produces a minimal represenation of the model.
-
-## 6. Add field to forms
-
-Extend any forms to include the new field as appropriate. Common forms include:
+Extend any forms to include the new field(s) as appropriate. These are found under the `forms/` directory within each app. Common forms include:
 
 * **Credit/edit** - Manipulating a single object
-* **Bulk edit** - Performing a change on mnay objects at once
+* **Bulk edit** - Performing a change on many objects at once
 * **CSV import** - The form used when bulk importing objects in CSV format
 * **Filter** - Displays the options available for filtering a list of objects (both UI and API)
 
-## 7. Extend object filter set
+## 6. Extend object filter set
 
-If the new field should be filterable, add it to the `FilterSet` for the model. If the field should be searchable, remember to reference it in the FilterSet's `search()` method.
+If the new field should be filterable, add it to the `FilterSet` for the model. If the field should be searchable, remember to query it in the FilterSet's `search()` method.
 
-## 8. Add column to object table
+## 7. Add column to object table
 
-If the new field will be included in the object list view, add a column to the model's table. For simple fields, adding the field name to `Meta.fields` will be sufficient. More complex fields may require explicitly declaring a new column.
+If the new field will be included in the object list view, add a column to the model's table. For simple fields, adding the field name to `Meta.fields` will be sufficient. More complex fields may require declaring a custom column. Also add the field name to `default_columns` if the column should be present in the table by default.
+
+## 8. Update the SearchIndex
+
+Where applicable, add the new field to the model's SearchIndex for inclusion in global search.
 
 ## 9. Update the UI templates
 
@@ -76,3 +75,7 @@ Create or extend the relevant test cases to verify that the new field and any ac
 * View tests
 
 Be diligent to ensure all of the relevant test suites are adapted or extended as necessary to test any new functionality.
+
+## 11. Update the model's documentation
+
+Each model has a dedicated page in the documentation, at `models/<app>/<model>.md`. Update this file to include any relevant information about the new field.

docs/development/getting-started.md

@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+# Getting Started
+
+## Setting up a Development Environment
+
+Getting started with NetBox development is pretty straightforward, and should feel very familiar to anyone with Django development experience. There are a few things you'll need:
+
+* A Linux system or compatible environment
+* A PostgreSQL server, which can be installed locally [per the documentation](../installation/1-postgresql.md)
+* A Redis server, which can also be [installed locally](../installation/2-redis.md)
+* Python 3.8 or later
+
+### 1. Fork the Repo
+
+Assuming you'll be working on your own fork, your first step will be to fork the [official git repository](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox). (If you're a maintainer who's going to be working directly with the official repo, skip this step.) Click the "fork" button at top right (be sure that you've logged into GitHub first).
+
+![GitHub fork button](../media/development/github_fork_button.png)
+
+Copy the URL provided in the dialog box.
+
+![GitHub fork dialog](../media/development/github_fork_dialog.png)
+
+You can then clone your GitHub fork locally for development:
+
+```no-highlight hl_lines="1 9"
+$ git clone https://github.com/$username/netbox.git
+Cloning into 'netbox'...
+remote: Enumerating objects: 85949, done.
+remote: Counting objects: 100% (4672/4672), done.
+remote: Compressing objects: 100% (1224/1224), done.
+remote: Total 85949 (delta 3538), reused 4332 (delta 3438), pack-reused 81277
+Receiving objects: 100% (85949/85949), 55.16 MiB | 44.90 MiB/s, done.
+Resolving deltas: 100% (68008/68008), done.
+$ ls netbox/
+base_requirements.txt  contrib          docs         mkdocs.yml  NOTICE     requirements.txt  upgrade.sh
+CHANGELOG.md           CONTRIBUTING.md  LICENSE.txt  netbox      README.md  scripts
+```
+
+### 2. Create a New Branch
+
+The NetBox project utilizes three persistent git branches to track work:
+
+* `master` - Serves as a snapshot of the current stable release
+* `develop` - All development on the upcoming stable (patch) release occurs here
+* `feature` - Tracks work on an upcoming minor release
+
+Typically, you'll base pull requests off of the `develop` branch, or off of `feature` if you're working on a new major release. For example, assume that the current NetBox release is v3.3.5. Work applied to the `develop` branch will appear in v3.3.6, and work done under the `feature` branch will be included in the next minor release (v3.4.0).
+
+!!! warning
+    **Never** merge pull requests into the `master` branch: This branch only ever merges pull requests from the `develop` branch, to effect a new release.
+
+To create a new branch, first ensure that you've checked out the desired base branch, then run:
+
+```no-highlight
+git checkout -B $branchname
+```
+
+When naming a new git branch, contributors are strongly encouraged to use the relevant issue number followed by a very brief description of the work:
+
+```no-highlight
+$issue-$description
+```
+
+The description should be just two or three words to imply the focus of the work being performed. For example, bug #1234 to fix a TypeError exception when creating a device might be named `1234-device-typerror`. This ensures that branches are always follow some logical ordering (e.g. when running `git branch -a`) and helps other developers quickly identify the purpose of each.
+
+### 3. Enable Pre-Commit Hooks
+
+NetBox ships with a [git pre-commit hook](https://githooks.com/) script that automatically checks for style compliance and missing database migrations prior to committing changes. This helps avoid erroneous commits that result in CI test failures. You are encouraged to enable it by creating a link to `scripts/git-hooks/pre-commit`:
+
+```no-highlight
+cd .git/hooks/
+ln -s ../../scripts/git-hooks/pre-commit
+```
+For the pre-commit hooks to work, you will also need to install the pycodestyle package:
+
+```no-highlight
+python -m pip install pycodestyle
+```
+...and set up the yarn packages as shown in the [Web UI Development Guide](web-ui.md)
+
+### 4. Create a Python Virtual Environment
+
+A [virtual environment](https://docs.python.org/3/tutorial/venv.html) (or "venv" for short) is like a container for a set of Python packages. These allow you to build environments suited to specific projects without interfering with system packages or other projects. When installed per the documentation, NetBox uses a virtual environment in production.
+
+Create a virtual environment using the `venv` Python module:
+
+```no-highlight
+mkdir ~/.venv
+python3 -m venv ~/.venv/netbox
+```
+
+This will create a directory named `.venv/netbox/` in your home directory, which houses a virtual copy of the Python executable and its related libraries and tooling. When running NetBox for development, it will be run using the Python binary at `~/.venv/netbox/bin/python`.
+
+!!! tip "Virtual Environments"
+    Keeping virtual environments in `~/.venv/` is a common convention but entirely optional: Virtual environments can be created almost wherever you please. Also consider using [`virtualenvwrapper`](https://virtualenvwrapper.readthedocs.io/en/stable/) to simplify the management of multiple environments.
+
+Once created, activate the virtual environment:
+
+```no-highlight
+source ~/.venv/netbox/bin/activate
+```
+
+Notice that the console prompt changes to indicate the active environment. This updates the necessary system environment variables to ensure that any Python scripts are run within the virtual environment.
+
+### 5. Install Required Packages
+
+With the virtual environment activated, install the project's required Python packages using the `pip` module. Required packages are defined in `requirements.txt`. Each line in this file specifies the name and specific version of a required package.
+
+```no-highlight
+python -m pip install -r requirements.txt
+```
+
+### 6. Configure NetBox
+
+Within the `netbox/netbox/` directory, copy `configuration_example.py` to `configuration.py` and update the following parameters:
+
+* `ALLOWED_HOSTS`: This can be set to `['*']` for development purposes
+* `DATABASE`: PostgreSQL database connection parameters
+* `REDIS`: Redis configuration (if different from the defaults)
+* `SECRET_KEY`: Set to a random string (use `generate_secret_key.py` in the parent directory to generate a suitable key)
+* `DEBUG`: Set to `True`
+* `DEVELOPER`: Set to `True` (this enables the creation of new database migrations)
+
+### 7. Start the Development Server
+
+Django provides a lightweight, auto-updating [HTTP/WSGI server](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/ref/django-admin/#runserver) for development use. It is started with the `runserver` management command:
+
+```no-highlight hl_lines="1"
+$ ./manage.py runserver
+Performing system checks...
+
+System check identified no issues (0 silenced).
+August 18, 2022 - 15:17:52
+Django version 4.0.7, using settings 'netbox.settings'
+Starting development server at http://127.0.0.1:8000/
+Quit the server with CONTROL-C.
+```
+
+This ensures that your development environment is now complete and operational. The development server will monitor the development environment and automatically reload in response to any changes made.
+
+!!! tip "IDE Integration"
+    Some IDEs, such as the highly-recommended [PyCharm](https://www.jetbrains.com/pycharm/), will integrate with Django's development server and allow you to run it directly within the IDE. This is strongly encouraged as it makes for a much more convenient development environment.
+
+## UI Development
+
+For UI development you will need to review the [Web UI Development Guide](web-ui.md)
+
+## Populating Demo Data
+
+Once you have your development environment up and running, it might be helpful to populate some "dummy" data to make interacting with the UI and APIs more convenient. Check out the [netbox-demo-data](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox-demo-data) repo on GitHub, which houses a collection of sample data that can be easily imported to any new NetBox deployment. (This sample data is used to populate the public demo instance at <https://demo.netbox.dev>.)
+
+The demo data is provided in JSON format and loaded into an empty database using Django's `loaddata` management command. Consult the demo data repo's `README` file for complete instructions on populating the data.
+
+## Running Tests
+
+Prior to committing any substantial changes to the code base, be sure to run NetBox's test suite to catch potential errors. Tests are run using the `test` management command, which employs Python's [`unittest`](https://docs.python.org/3/library/unittest.html#module-unittest) library. Remember to ensure that the Python virtual environment is active before running this command. Also keep in mind that these commands are executed in the `netbox/` directory, not the root directory of the repository.
+
+To avoid potential issues with your local configuration file, set the `NETBOX_CONFIGURATION` to point to the packaged test configuration at `netbox/configuration_testing.py`. This will handle things like ensuring that the dummy plugin is enabled for comprehensive testing.
+
+```no-highlight
+export NETBOX_CONFIGURATION=netbox.configuration_testing
+cd netbox/
+python manage.py test
+```
+
+In cases where you haven't made any changes to the database schema (which is typical), you can append the `--keepdb` argument to this command to reuse the test database between runs. This cuts down on the time it takes to run the test suite since the database doesn't have to be rebuilt each time. (Note that this argument will cause errors if you've modified any model fields since the previous test run.)
+
+```no-highlight
+python manage.py test --keepdb
+```
+
+You can also reduce testing time by enabling parallel test execution with the `--parallel` flag. (By default, this will run as many parallel tests as you have processors. To avoid sluggishness, it's a good idea to specify a lower number of parallel tests.) This flag can be combined with `--keepdb`, although if you encounter any strange errors, try running the test suite again with parallelization disabled.
+
+```no-highlight
+python manage.py test --parallel <n>
+```
+
+Finally, it's possible to limit the run to a specific set of tests, specified by their Python path. For example, to run only IPAM and DCIM view tests:
+
+```no-highlight
+python manage.py test dcim.tests.test_views ipam.tests.test_views
+```
+
+This is handy for instances where just a few tests are failing and you want to re-run them individually.
+
+!!! info
+    NetBox uses [django-rich](https://github.com/adamchainz/django-rich) to enhance Django's default `test` management command.
+
+## Submitting Pull Requests
+
+Once you're happy with your work and have verified that all tests pass, commit your changes and push it upstream to your fork. Always provide descriptive (but not excessively verbose) commit messages. Be sure to prefix your commit message with the word "Fixes" or "Closes" and the relevant issue number (with a hash mark). This tells GitHub to automatically close the referenced issue once the commit has been merged.
+
+```no-highlight
+git commit -m "Closes #1234: Add IPv5 support"
+git push origin
+```
+
+Once your fork has the new commit, submit a [pull request](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/compare) to the NetBox repo to propose the changes. Be sure to provide a detailed accounting of the changes being made and the reasons for doing so.
+
+Once submitted, a maintainer will review your pull request and either merge it or request changes. If changes are needed, you can make them via new commits to your fork: The pull request will update automatically.
+
+!!! warning
+    Remember, pull requests are permitted only for **accepted** issues. If an issue you want to work on hasn't been approved by a maintainer yet, it's best to avoid risking your time and effort on a change that might not be accepted. (The one exception to this is trivial changes to the documentation or other non-critical resources.)

docs/development/git-cheat-sheet.md

@@ -0,0 +1,388 @@
+# git Cheat Sheet
+
+This cheat sheet serves as a convenient reference for NetBox contributors who already somewhat familiar with using git. For a general introduction to the tooling and workflows involved, please see GitHub's guide [Getting started with git](https://docs.github.com/en/get-started/getting-started-with-git/setting-your-username-in-git).
+
+## Common Operations
+
+### Clone a Repo
+
+This copies a remote git repository (e.g. from GitHub) to your local workstation. It will create a new directory bearing the repo's name in the current path.
+
+``` title="Command"
+git clone https://github.com/$org-name/$repo-name
+```
+
+``` title="Example"
+$ git clone https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox
+Cloning into 'netbox'...
+remote: Enumerating objects: 95112, done.
+remote: Counting objects: 100% (682/682), done.
+remote: Compressing objects: 100% (246/246), done.
+remote: Total 95112 (delta 448), reused 637 (delta 436), pack-reused 94430
+Receiving objects: 100% (95112/95112), 60.40 MiB | 45.82 MiB/s, done.
+Resolving deltas: 100% (74979/74979), done.
+```
+
+### Pull New Commits
+
+To update your local branch with any recent upstream commits, run `git pull`.
+
+``` title="Command"
+git pull
+```
+
+``` title="Example"
+$ git pull
+remote: Enumerating objects: 1, done.
+remote: Counting objects: 100% (1/1), done.
+remote: Total 1 (delta 0), reused 0 (delta 0), pack-reused 0
+Unpacking objects: 100% (1/1), done.
+From https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox
+   28bc76695..e0741cc9a  develop    -> origin/develop
+Updating 28bc76695..e0741cc9a
+Fast-forward
+ docs/release-notes/version-3.3.md | 1 +
+ netbox/netbox/settings.py         | 1 +
+ 2 files changed, 2 insertions(+)
+```
+
+### List Branches
+
+`git branch` lists all local branches. Appending `-a` to this command will list both local (green) and remote (red) branches.
+
+``` title="Command"
+git branch -a
+```
+
+``` title="Example"
+$ git branch -a
+* develop
+  remotes/origin/10170-changelog
+  remotes/origin/HEAD -> origin/develop
+  remotes/origin/develop
+  remotes/origin/feature
+  remotes/origin/master
+```
+
+### Switch Branches
+
+To switch to a different branch, use the `checkout` command.
+
+``` title="Command"
+git checkout $branchname
+```
+
+``` title="Example"
+$ git checkout feature
+Branch 'feature' set up to track remote branch 'feature' from 'origin'.
+Switched to a new branch 'feature'
+```
+
+### Create a New Branch
+
+Use the `-b` argument with `checkout` to create a new _local_ branch from the current branch.
+
+``` title="Command"
+git checkout -b $newbranch
+```
+
+``` title="Example"
+$ git checkout -b 123-fix-foo
+Switched to a new branch '123-fix-foo'
+```
+
+### Rename a Branch
+
+To rename the current branch, use the `git branch` command with the `-m` argument (for "modify").
+
+``` title="Command"
+git branch -m $newname
+```
+
+``` title="Example"
+$ git branch -m jstretch-testing
+$ git branch
+  develop
+  feature
+* jstretch-testing
+```
+
+### Merge a Branch
+
+To merge one branch into another, use the `git merge` command. Start by checking out the _destination_ branch, and merge the _source_ branch into it.
+
+``` title="Command"
+git merge $sourcebranch
+```
+
+``` title="Example"
+$ git checkout testing 
+Switched to branch 'testing'
+Your branch is up to date with 'origin/testing'.
+$ git merge branch2 
+Updating 9a12b5b5f..8ee42390b
+Fast-forward
+ newfile.py | 0
+ 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-)
+ create mode 100644 newfile.py
+```
+
+!!! warning "Avoid Merging Remote Branches"
+    You generally want to avoid merging branches that exist on the remote (upstream) repository, such as `develop` and `feature`: Merges into these branches should be done via a pull request on GitHub. Only merge branches when it is necessary to consolidate work you've done locally.
+
+### Show Pending Changes
+
+After making changes to files in the repo, `git status` will display a summary of created, modified, and deleted files.
+
+``` title="Command"
+git status
+```
+
+``` title="Example"
+$ git status
+On branch 123-fix-foo
+Changes not staged for commit:
+  (use "git add <file>..." to update what will be committed)
+  (use "git checkout -- <file>..." to discard changes in working directory)
+
+	modified:   README.md
+
+Untracked files:
+  (use "git add <file>..." to include in what will be committed)
+
+	foo.py
+
+no changes added to commit (use "git add" and/or "git commit -a")
+```
+
+### Stage Changed Files
+
+Before creating a new commit, modified files must be staged. This is typically done with the `git add` command. You can specify a particular path, or just append `-A` to automatically staged _all_ changed files within the current directory. Run `git status` again to verify what files have been staged.
+
+``` title="Command"
+git add -A
+```
+
+``` title="Example"
+$ git add -A
+$ git status
+On branch 123-fix-foo
+Changes to be committed:
+  (use "git reset HEAD <file>..." to unstage)
+
+	modified:   README.md
+	new file:   foo.py
+
+```
+
+### Review Staged Files
+
+It's a good idea to thoroughly review all staged changes immediately prior to creating a new commit. This can be done using the `git diff` command. Appending the `--staged` argument will show staged changes; omitting it will show changes that have not yet been staged.
+
+``` title="Command"
+git diff --staged
+```
+
+``` title="Example"
+$ git diff --staged
+diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
+index 93e125079..4344fb514 100644
+--- a/README.md
++++ b/README.md
+@@ -1,3 +1,8 @@
++
++Added some lines here
++and here
++and here too
++
+ <div align="center">
+   <img src="https://raw.githubusercontent.com/netbox-community/netbox/develop/docs/netbox_logo.svg" width="400" alt="NetBox logo" />
+ </div>
+diff --git a/foo.py b/foo.py
+new file mode 100644
+index 000000000..e69de29bb
+```
+
+### Create a New Commit
+
+The `git commit` command records your changes to the current branch. Specify a commit message with the `-m` argument. (If omitted, a file editor will be opened to provide a message.
+
+``` title="Command"
+git commit -m "Fixes #123: Fixed the thing that was broken"
+```
+
+``` title="Example"
+$ git commit -m "Fixes #123: Fixed the thing that was broken"
+[123-fix-foo 9a12b5b5f] Fixes #123: Fixed the thing that was broken
+ 2 files changed, 5 insertions(+)
+ create mode 100644 foo.py
+```
+
+!!! tip "Automatically Closing Issues"
+    GitHub will [automatically close](https://github.blog/2013-01-22-closing-issues-via-commit-messages/) any issues referenced in a commit message by `Fixes:` or `Closes:` when the commit is merged into the repository's default branch. Contributors are strongly encouraged to follow this convention when forming commit messages. (Use "Closes" for feature requests and "Fixes" for bugs.)
+
+### Push a Commit Upstream
+
+Once you've made a commit locally, it needs to be pushed upstream to the _remote_ repository (typically called "origin"). This is done with the `git push` command. If this is a new branch that doesn't yet exist on the remote repository, you'll need to set the upstream for it when pushing.
+
+``` title="Command"
+git push -u origin $branchname
+```
+
+``` title="Example"
+$ git push -u origin testing
+Counting objects: 3, done.
+Delta compression using up to 16 threads.
+Compressing objects: 100% (3/3), done.
+Writing objects: 100% (3/3), 377 bytes | 377.00 KiB/s, done.
+Total 3 (delta 2), reused 0 (delta 0)
+remote: Resolving deltas: 100% (2/2), completed with 2 local objects.
+remote: 
+remote: Create a pull request for 'testing' on GitHub by visiting:
+remote:      https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/pull/new/testing
+remote: 
+To https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox
+ * [new branch]          testing -> testing
+Branch 'testing' set up to track remote branch 'testing' from 'origin'.
+```
+
+!!! tip
+    You can apply the following git configuration to automatically set the upstream for all new branches. This obviates the need to specify `-u origin`.
+    
+    ```
+    git config --global push.default current
+    ```
+
+## The GitHub CLI Client
+
+GitHub provides a [free CLI client](https://cli.github.com/) to simplify many aspects of interacting with GitHub repositories. Note that this utility is separate from `git`, and must be [installed separately](https://github.com/cli/cli#installation).
+
+This guide provides some examples of common operations, but be sure to check out the [GitHub CLI manual](https://cli.github.com/manual/) for a complete accounting of available commands.
+
+### List Open Pull Requests
+
+``` title="Command"
+gh pr list
+```
+
+``` title="Example"
+$ gh pr list
+
+Showing 3 of 3 open pull requests in netbox-community/netbox
+
+#10223  #7503 API Bulk-Create of Devices does not check Rack-Space  7503-bulkdevice             about 17 hours ago
+#9716   Closes #9599: Add cursor pagination mode                    lyuyangh:cursor-pagination  about 1 month ago
+#9498   Adds replication and adoption for module import             sleepinggenius2:issue_9361  about 2 months ago
+```
+
+### Check Out a PR
+
+This command will automatically check out the remote branch associated with an open pull request.
+
+``` title="Command"
+gh pr checkout $number
+```
+
+``` title="Example"
+$ gh pr checkout 10223
+Branch '7503-bulkdevice' set up to track remote branch '7503-bulkdevice' from 'origin'.
+Switched to a new branch '7503-bulkdevice'
+```
+
+## Fixing Mistakes
+
+### Modify the Previous Commit
+
+Sometimes you'll find that you've overlooked a necessary change and need to commit again. If you haven't pushed your most recent commit and just need to make a small tweak or two, you can _amend_ your most recent commit instead of creating a new one.
+
+First, stage the desired files with `git add` and verify the changes, the issue the `git commit` command with the `--amend` argument. You can also append the `--no-edit` argument if you would like to keep the previous commit message.
+
+``` title="Command"
+git commit --amend --no-edit
+```
+
+``` title="Example"
+$ git add -A
+$ git diff --staged
+$ git commit --amend --no-edit
+[testing 239b16921] Added a new file
+ Date: Fri Aug 26 16:30:05 2022 -0400
+ 2 files changed, 1 insertion(+)
+ create mode 100644 newfile.py
+```
+
+!!! danger "Don't Amend After Pushing"
+    Never amend a commit you've already pushed upstream unless you're **certain** no one else is working on the same branch. Force-pushing will overwrite the change history, which will break any commits from other contributors. When in doubt, create a new commit instead.
+
+### Undo the Last Commit
+
+The `git reset` command can be used to undo the most recent commit. (`HEAD~` is equivalent to `HEAD~1` and references the commit prior to the current HEAD.) After making and staging your changes, commit using `-c ORIG_HEAD` to replace the erroneous commit.
+
+``` title="Command"
+git reset HEAD~
+```
+
+``` title="Example"
+$ git add -A
+$ git commit -m "Erroneous commit"
+[testing 09ce06736] Erroneous commit
+ Date: Mon Aug 29 15:20:04 2022 -0400
+ 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+)
+ create mode 100644 BADCHANGE
+$ git reset HEAD~
+$ rm BADFILE
+$ git add -A
+$ git commit -m "Fixed commit"
+[testing c585709f3] Fixed commit
+ Date: Mon Aug 29 15:22:38 2022 -0400
+ 1 file changed, 65 insertions(+), 20 deletions(-)
+```
+
+!!! danger "Don't Reset After Pushing"
+    Resetting only works until you've pushed your local changes upstream. If you've already pushed upstream, use `git revert` instead. This will create a _new_ commit that reverts the erroneous one, but ensures that the git history remains intact.
+
+### Rebase from Upstream
+
+If a change has been pushed to the upstream branch since you most recently pulled it, attempting to push a new local commit will fail:
+
+```
+$ git push
+To https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox.git
+ ! [rejected]            develop -> develop (fetch first)
+error: failed to push some refs to 'https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox.git'
+hint: Updates were rejected because the remote contains work that you do
+hint: not have locally. This is usually caused by another repository pushing
+hint: to the same ref. You may want to first integrate the remote changes
+hint: (e.g., 'git pull ...') before pushing again.
+hint: See the 'Note about fast-forwards' in 'git push --help' for details.
+```
+
+To resolve this, first fetch the upstream branch to update your local copy, and then [rebase](https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-Branching-Rebasing) your local branch to include the new changes. Once the rebase has completed, you can push your local commits upstream.
+
+``` title="Commands"
+git fetch
+git rebase origin/$branchname
+```
+
+``` title="Example"
+$ git fetch
+remote: Enumerating objects: 1, done.
+remote: Counting objects: 100% (1/1), done.
+remote: Total 1 (delta 0), reused 0 (delta 0), pack-reused 0
+Unpacking objects: 100% (1/1), done.
+From https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox
+   815b2d8a2..8c35ebbb7  develop    -> origin/develop
+$ git rebase origin/develop
+First, rewinding head to replay your work on top of it...
+Applying: Further tweaks to the PR template
+Applying: Changelog for #10176, #10217
+$ git push
+Counting objects: 9, done.
+Delta compression using up to 16 threads.
+Compressing objects: 100% (9/9), done.
+Writing objects: 100% (9/9), 1.02 KiB | 1.02 MiB/s, done.
+Total 9 (delta 6), reused 0 (delta 0)
+remote: Resolving deltas: 100% (6/6), completed with 5 local objects.
+To https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox.git
+   8c35ebbb7..ada745324  develop -> develop
+```

docs/development/index.md

@@ -1,30 +1,60 @@
 # NetBox Development
 
-NetBox is maintained as a [GitHub project](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox) under the Apache 2 license. Users are encouraged to submit GitHub issues for feature requests and bug reports, however we are very selective about pull requests. Please see the `CONTRIBUTING` guide for more direction on contributing to NetBox.
+Thanks for your interest in contributing to NetBox! This introduction covers a few important things to know before you get started.
 
-## Communication
+## The Code
 
-Communication among developers should always occur via public channels:
+NetBox and many of its related projects are maintained on [GitHub](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox). GitHub also serves as one of our primary discussion forums. While all the code and discussion is publicly accessible, you'll need register for a [free GitHub account](https://github.com/signup) to engage in participation. Most people begin by [forking](https://docs.github.com/en/get-started/quickstart/fork-a-repo) the NetBox repository under their own GitHub account to begin working on the code.
 
-* [GitHub issues](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/issues) - All feature requests, bug reports, and other substantial changes to the code base **must** be documented in an issue.
-* [The mailing list](https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/netbox-discuss) - The preferred forum for general discussion and support issues. Ideal for shaping a feature request prior to submitting an issue.
-* [#netbox on NetworkToCode](http://slack.networktocode.com/) - Good for quick chats. Avoid any discussion that might need to be referenced later on, as the chat history is not retained long.
+![GitHub](../media/development/github.png)
 
-## Governance
+There are three permanent branches in the repository:
 
-NetBox follows the [benevolent dictator](http://oss-watch.ac.uk/resources/benevolentdictatorgovernancemodel) model of governance, with [Jeremy Stretch](https://github.com/jeremystretch) ultimately responsible for all changes to the code base. While community contributions are welcomed and encouraged, the lead maintainer's primary role is to ensure the project's long-term maintainability and continued focus on its primary functions (in other words, avoid scope creep).
+* `master` - The current stable release. Individual changes should never be pushed directly to this branch, but rather merged from `develop`.
+* `develop` - Active development for the upcoming patch release. Pull requests will typically be based on this branch unless they introduce breaking changes that must be deferred until the next minor release.
+* `feature` - New feature work to be introduced in the next minor release (e.g. from v3.3 to v3.4).
 
-## Project Structure
-
-All development of the current NetBox release occurs in the `develop` branch; releases are packaged from the `master` branch. The `master` branch should _always_ represent the current stable release in its entirety, such that installing NetBox by either downloading a packaged release or cloning the `master` branch provides the same code base.
-
-NetBox components are arranged into functional subsections called _apps_ (a carryover from Django verancular). Each app holds the models, views, and templates relevant to a particular function:
+NetBox components are arranged into Django apps. Each app holds the models, views, and other resources relevant to a particular function:
 
 * `circuits`: Communications circuits and providers (not to be confused with power circuits)
 * `dcim`: Datacenter infrastructure management (sites, racks, and devices)
 * `extras`: Additional features not considered part of the core data model
 * `ipam`: IP address management (VRFs, prefixes, IP addresses, and VLANs)
-* `secrets`: Encrypted storage of sensitive data (e.g. login credentials)
 * `tenancy`: Tenants (such as customers) to which NetBox objects may be assigned
+* `users`: Authentication and user preferences
 * `utilities`: Resources which are not user-facing (extendable classes, etc.)
 * `virtualization`: Virtual machines and clusters
+* `wireless`: Wireless links and LANs
+
+All core functionality is stored within the `netbox/` subdirectory. HTML templates are stored in a common `templates/` directory, with model- and view-specific templates arranged by app. Documentation is kept in the `docs/` root directory.
+
+## Proposing Changes
+
+All substantial changes made to the code base are tracked using [GitHub issues](https://docs.github.com/en/issues). Feature requests, bug reports, and similar proposals must all be filed as issues and approved by a maintainer before work begins. This ensures that all changes to the code base are properly documented for future reference.
+
+To submit a new feature request or bug report for NetBox, select and complete the appropriate [issue template](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/issues/new/choose). Once your issue has been approved, you're welcome to submit a [pull request](https://docs.github.com/en/pull-requests) containing your proposed changes.
+
+![Opening a new GitHub issue](../media/development/github_new_issue.png)
+
+Check out our [issue intake policy](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/wiki/Issue-Intake-Policy) for an overview of the issue triage and approval processes.
+
+!!! tip
+    Avoid starting work on a proposal before it has been accepted. Not all proposed changes will be accepted, and we'd hate for you to waste time working on code that might not make it into the project.
+
+## Getting Help
+
+There are two primary forums for getting assistance with NetBox development:
+
+* [GitHub discussions](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/discussions) - The preferred forum for general discussion and support issues. Ideal for shaping a feature requests prior to submitting an issue.
+* [#netbox on NetDev Community Slack](https://netdev.chat/) - Good for quick chats. Avoid any discussion that might need to be referenced later on, as the chat history is not retained indefinitely.
+
+!!! note
+    Don't use GitHub issues to ask for help: These are reserved for proposed code changes only.
+
+## Governance
+
+NetBox follows the [benevolent dictator](http://oss-watch.ac.uk/resources/benevolentdictatorgovernancemodel) model of governance, with [Jeremy Stretch](https://github.com/jeremystretch) ultimately responsible for all changes to the code base. While community contributions are welcomed and encouraged, the lead maintainer's primary role is to ensure the project's long-term maintainability and continued focus on its primary functions.
+
+## Licensing
+
+The entire NetBox project is licensed as open source under the [Apache 2.0 license](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/blob/master/LICENSE.txt). This is a very permissive license which allows unlimited redistribution of all code within the project. Note that all submissions to the project are subject to the same license.

docs/development/internationalization.md

@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+# Internationalization
+
+Beginning with NetBox v4.0, NetBox will leverage [Django's automatic translation](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/topics/i18n/translation/) to support languages other than English. This page details the areas of the project which require special attention to ensure functioning translation support. Briefly, these include:
+
+* The `verbose_name` and `verbose_name_plural` Meta attributes for each model
+* The `verbose_name` and (if defined) `help_text` for each model field
+* The `label` for each form field
+* Headers for `fieldsets` on each form class
+* The `verbose_name` for each table column
+* All human-readable strings within templates must be wrapped with `{% trans %}` or `{% blocktrans %}`
+
+The rest of this document elaborates on each of the items above.
+
+## General Guidance
+
+* Wrap human-readable strings with Django's `gettext()` or `gettext_lazy()` utility functions to enable automatic translation. Generally, `gettext_lazy()` is preferred (and sometimes required) to defer translation until the string is displayed.
+
+* By convention, the preferred translation function is typically imported as an underscore (`_`) to minimize boilerplate code. Thus, you will often see translation as e.g. `_("Some text")`. It is still an option to import and use alternative translation functions (e.g. `pgettext()` and `ngettext()`) normally as needed.
+
+* Avoid passing markup and other non-natural language where possible. Everything wrapped by a translation function gets exported to a messages file for translation by a human.
+
+* Where the intended meaning of the translated string may not be obvious, use `pgettext()` or `pgettext_lazy()` to include assisting context for the translator. For example:
+
+    ```python
+    # Context, string
+    pgettext("month name", "May")
+    ```
+
+* **Format strings do not support translation.** Avoid "f" strings for messages that must support translation. Instead, use `format()` to accomplish variable replacement:
+
+    ```python
+    # Translation will not work
+    f"There are {count} objects"
+    
+    # Do this instead
+    "There are {count} objects".format(count=count)
+    ```
+
+## Models
+
+1. Import `gettext_lazy` as `_`.
+2. Ensure both `verbose_name` and `verbose_name_plural` are defined under the model's `Meta` class and wrapped with the `gettext_lazy()` shortcut.
+3. Ensure each model field specifies a `verbose_name` wrapped with `gettext_lazy()`.
+4. Ensure any `help_text` attributes on model fields are also wrapped with `gettext_lazy()`.
+
+```python
+from django.utils.translation import gettext_lazy as _
+
+class Circuit(PrimaryModel):
+    commit_rate = models.PositiveIntegerField(
+        ...
+        verbose_name=_('commit rate (Kbps)'),
+        help_text=_("Committed rate")
+    )
+
+    class Meta:
+        verbose_name = _('circuit')
+        verbose_name_plural = _('circuits')
+```
+
+## Forms
+
+1. Import `gettext_lazy` as `_`.
+2. All form fields must specify a `label` wrapped with `gettext_lazy()`.
+3. All headers under a form's `fieldsets` property must be wrapped with `gettext_lazy()`.
+
+```python
+from django.utils.translation import gettext_lazy as _
+
+class CircuitBulkEditForm(NetBoxModelBulkEditForm):
+    description = forms.CharField(
+        label=_('Description'),
+        ...
+    )
+
+    fieldsets = (
+        (_('Circuit'), ('provider', 'type', 'status', 'description')),
+    )
+```
+
+## Tables
+
+1. Import `gettext_lazy` as `_`.
+2. All table columns must specify a `verbose_name` wrapped with `gettext_lazy()`.
+
+```python
+from django.utils.translation import gettext_lazy as _
+
+class CircuitTable(TenancyColumnsMixin, ContactsColumnMixin, NetBoxTable):
+    provider = tables.Column(
+        verbose_name=_('Provider'),
+        ...
+    )
+```
+
+## Templates
+
+1. Ensure translation support is enabled by including `{% load i18n %}` at the top of the template.
+2. Use the [`{% trans %}`](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/topics/i18n/translation/#translate-template-tag) tag (short for "translate") to wrap short strings.
+3. Longer strings may be enclosed between [`{% blocktrans %}`](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/topics/i18n/translation/#blocktranslate-template-tag) and `{% endblocktrans %}` tags to improve readability and to enable variable replacement. (Remember to include the `trimmed` argument to trim whitespace between the tags.)
+4. Avoid passing HTML within translated strings where possible, as this can complicate the work needed of human translators to develop message maps.
+
+```
+{% load i18n %}
+
+{# A short string #}
+<h5 class="card-header">{% trans "Circuit List" %}</h5>
+
+{# A longer string with a context variable #}
+{% blocktrans trimmed with count=object.circuits.count %}
+  There are {count} circuits. Would you like to continue?
+{% endblocktrans %}
+```
+
+!!! warning
+    The `{% blocktrans %}` tag supports only **limited variable replacement**, comparable to the `format()` method on Python strings. It does not permit access to object attributes or the use of other template tags or filters inside it. Ensure that any necessary context is passed as simple variables.
+
+!!! info
+    The `{% trans %}` and `{% blocktrans %}` support the inclusion of contextual hints for translators using the `context` argument:
+
+    ```nohighlight
+    {% trans "May" context "month name" %}
+    ```

docs/development/models.md

@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+# NetBox Models
+
+## Model Types
+
+A NetBox model represents a discrete object type such as a device or IP address. Per [Django convention](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/topics/db/models/), each model is defined as a Python class and has its own table in the PostgreSQL database. All NetBox data models can be categorized by type.
+
+The Django [content types](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/ref/contrib/contenttypes/) framework is used to map Django models to database tables. A ContentType instance references a model by its `app_label` and `name`: For example, the Site model within the DCIM app is referred to as `dcim.site`. The content type combined with an object's primary key form a globally unique identifier for the object (e.g. `dcim.site:123`).
+
+### Features Matrix
+
+Depending on its classification, each NetBox model may support various features which enhance its operation. Each feature is enabled by inheriting from its designated mixin class, and some features also make use of the [application registry](./application-registry.md#model_features).
+
+| Feature                                                    | Feature Mixin           | Registry Key       | Description                                                                    |
+|------------------------------------------------------------|-------------------------|--------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+| [Change logging](../features/change-logging.md)            | `ChangeLoggingMixin`    | -                  | Changes to these objects are automatically recorded in the change log          |
+| Cloning                                                    | `CloningMixin`          | -                  | Provides the `clone()` method to prepare a copy                                |
+| [Custom fields](../customization/custom-fields.md)         | `CustomFieldsMixin`     | `custom_fields`    | These models support the addition of user-defined fields                       |
+| [Custom links](../customization/custom-links.md)           | `CustomLinksMixin`      | `custom_links`     | These models support the assignment of custom links                            |
+| [Custom validation](../customization/custom-validation.md) | `CustomValidationMixin` | -                  | Supports the enforcement of custom validation rules                            |
+| [Export templates](../customization/export-templates.md)   | `ExportTemplatesMixin`  | `export_templates` | Users can create custom export templates for these models                      |
+| [Job results](../features/background-jobs.md)              | `JobsMixin`             | `jobs`             | Users can create custom export templates for these models                      |
+| [Journaling](../features/journaling.md)                    | `JournalingMixin`       | `journaling`       | These models support persistent historical commentary                          |
+| [Synchronized data](../integrations/synchronized-data.md)  | `SyncedDataMixin`       | `synced_data`      | Certain model data can be automatically synchronized from a remote data source |
+| [Tagging](../models/extras/tag.md)                         | `TagsMixin`             | `tags`             | The models can be tagged with user-defined tags                                |
+| [Webhooks](../integrations/webhooks.md)                    | `WebhooksMixin`         | `webhooks`         | NetBox is capable of generating outgoing webhooks for these objects            |
+
+## Models Index
+
+### Primary Models
+
+These are considered the "core" application models which are used to model network infrastructure.
+
+* [circuits.Circuit](../models/circuits/circuit.md)
+* [circuits.Provider](../models/circuits/provider.md)
+* [circuits.ProviderAccount](../models/circuits/provideraccount.md)
+* [circuits.ProviderNetwork](../models/circuits/providernetwork.md)
+* [core.DataSource](../models/core/datasource.md)
+* [dcim.Cable](../models/dcim/cable.md)
+* [dcim.Device](../models/dcim/device.md)
+* [dcim.DeviceType](../models/dcim/devicetype.md)
+* [dcim.Module](../models/dcim/module.md)
+* [dcim.ModuleType](../models/dcim/moduletype.md)
+* [dcim.PowerFeed](../models/dcim/powerfeed.md)
+* [dcim.PowerPanel](../models/dcim/powerpanel.md)
+* [dcim.Rack](../models/dcim/rack.md)
+* [dcim.RackReservation](../models/dcim/rackreservation.md)
+* [dcim.Site](../models/dcim/site.md)
+* [dcim.VirtualChassis](../models/dcim/virtualchassis.md)
+* [dcim.VirtualDeviceContext](../models/dcim/virtualdevicecontext.md)
+* [ipam.Aggregate](../models/ipam/aggregate.md)
+* [ipam.ASN](../models/ipam/asn.md)
+* [ipam.FHRPGroup](../models/ipam/fhrpgroup.md)
+* [ipam.IPAddress](../models/ipam/ipaddress.md)
+* [ipam.IPRange](../models/ipam/iprange.md)
+* [ipam.L2VPN](../models/ipam/l2vpn.md)
+* [ipam.Prefix](../models/ipam/prefix.md)
+* [ipam.RouteTarget](../models/ipam/routetarget.md)
+* [ipam.Service](../models/ipam/service.md)
+* [ipam.ServiceTemplate](../models/ipam/servicetemplate.md)
+* [ipam.VLAN](../models/ipam/vlan.md)
+* [ipam.VRF](../models/ipam/vrf.md)
+* [tenancy.Contact](../models/tenancy/contact.md)
+* [tenancy.Tenant](../models/tenancy/tenant.md)
+* [virtualization.Cluster](../models/virtualization/cluster.md)
+* [virtualization.VirtualMachine](../models/virtualization/virtualmachine.md)
+* [wireless.WirelessLAN](../models/wireless/wirelesslan.md)
+* [wireless.WirelessLink](../models/wireless/wirelesslink.md)
+
+### Organizational Models
+
+Organization models are used to organize and classify primary models.
+
+* [circuits.CircuitType](../models/circuits/circuittype.md)
+* [dcim.DeviceRole](../models/dcim/devicerole.md)
+* [dcim.Manufacturer](../models/dcim/manufacturer.md)
+* [dcim.Platform](../models/dcim/platform.md)
+* [dcim.RackRole](../models/dcim/rackrole.md)
+* [ipam.RIR](../models/ipam/rir.md)
+* [ipam.Role](../models/ipam/role.md)
+* [ipam.VLANGroup](../models/ipam/vlangroup.md)
+* [tenancy.ContactRole](../models/tenancy/contactrole.md)
+* [virtualization.ClusterGroup](../models/virtualization/clustergroup.md)
+* [virtualization.ClusterType](../models/virtualization/clustertype.md)
+
+### Nested Group Models
+
+Nested group models behave like organizational model, but self-nest within a recursive hierarchy. For example, the Region model can be used to represent a hierarchy of countries, states, and cities.
+
+* [dcim.Location](../models/dcim/location.md) (formerly RackGroup)
+* [dcim.Region](../models/dcim/region.md)
+* [dcim.SiteGroup](../models/dcim/sitegroup.md)
+* [tenancy.ContactGroup](../models/tenancy/contactgroup.md)
+* [tenancy.TenantGroup](../models/tenancy/tenantgroup.md)
+* [wireless.WirelessLANGroup](../models/wireless/wirelesslangroup.md)
+
+### Component Models
+
+Component models represent individual physical or virtual components belonging to a device or virtual machine.
+
+* [dcim.ConsolePort](../models/dcim/consoleport.md)
+* [dcim.ConsoleServerPort](../models/dcim/consoleserverport.md)
+* [dcim.DeviceBay](../models/dcim/devicebay.md)
+* [dcim.FrontPort](../models/dcim/frontport.md)
+* [dcim.Interface](../models/dcim/interface.md)
+* [dcim.InventoryItem](../models/dcim/inventoryitem.md)
+* [dcim.ModuleBay](../models/dcim/modulebay.md)
+* [dcim.PowerOutlet](../models/dcim/poweroutlet.md)
+* [dcim.PowerPort](../models/dcim/powerport.md)
+* [dcim.RearPort](../models/dcim/rearport.md)
+* [virtualization.VMInterface](../models/virtualization/vminterface.md)
+
+### Component Template Models
+
+These function as templates to effect the replication of device and virtual machine components. Component template models support a limited feature set, including change logging, custom validation, and webhooks.
+
+* [dcim.ConsolePortTemplate](../models/dcim/consoleporttemplate.md)
+* [dcim.ConsoleServerPortTemplate](../models/dcim/consoleserverporttemplate.md)
+* [dcim.DeviceBayTemplate](../models/dcim/devicebaytemplate.md)
+* [dcim.FrontPortTemplate](../models/dcim/frontporttemplate.md)
+* [dcim.InterfaceTemplate](../models/dcim/interfacetemplate.md)
+* [dcim.InventoryItemTemplate](../models/dcim/inventoryitemtemplate.md)
+* [dcim.ModuleBayTemplate](../models/dcim/modulebaytemplate.md)
+* [dcim.PowerOutletTemplate](../models/dcim/poweroutlettemplate.md)
+* [dcim.PowerPortTemplate](../models/dcim/powerporttemplate.md)
+* [dcim.RearPortTemplate](../models/dcim/rearporttemplate.md)

docs/development/release-checklist.md

@@ -1,95 +1,120 @@
 # Release Checklist
 
-## Minor Version Bumps
+This documentation describes the process of packaging and publishing a new NetBox release. There are three types of release:
 
-### Update Requirements
+* Major release (e.g. v2.11 to v3.0)
+* Minor release (e.g. v3.2 to v3.3)
+* Patch release (e.g. v3.3.0 to v3.3.1)
 
-Required Python packages are maintained in two files. `base_requirements.txt` contains a list of all the packages required by NetBox. Some of them may be pinned to a specific version of the package due to a known issue. For example:
+While major releases generally introduce some very substantial change to the application, they are typically treated the same as minor version increments for the purpose of release packaging.
+
+## Minor Version Releases
+
+### Address Constrained Dependencies
+
+Sometimes it becomes necessary to constrain dependencies to a particular version, e.g. to work around a bug in a newer release or to avoid a breaking change that we have yet to accommodate. (Another common example is to limit the upstream Django release.) For example:
 
 ```
 # https://github.com/encode/django-rest-framework/issues/6053
 djangorestframework==3.8.1
 ```
 
-The other file is `requirements.txt`, which lists each of the required packages pinned to its current stable version. When NetBox is installed, the Python environment is configured to match this file. This helps ensure that a new release of a dependency doesn't break NetBox.
-
-Every minor version release should refresh `requirements.txt` so that it lists the most recent stable release of each package. To do this:
-
-1. Create a new virtual environment.
-2. Install the latest version of all required packages via pip:
-
-```
-pip install -U -r base_requirements.txt
-```
-
-3. Run all tests and check that the UI and API function as expected.
-4. Update the package versions in `requirements.txt` as appropriate.
-
-### Update Static Libraries
-
-Update the following static libraries to their most recent stable release:
-
-* Bootstrap 3
-* Font Awesome 4
-* Select2
-* jQuery
-* jQuery UI
-
-### Create a new Release Notes Page
-
-Create a file at `/docs/release-notes/X.Y.md` to establish the release notes for the new release. Add the file to the table of contents within `mkdocs.yml`, and point `index.md` to the new file.
-
-### Manually Perform a New Install
-
-Install `mkdocs` in your local environment, then start the documentation server:
-
-```no-highlight
-$ pip install -r docs/requirements.txt
-$ mkdocs serve
-```
-
-Follow these instructions to perform a new installation of NetBox. This process must _not_ be automated: The goal of this step is to catch any errors or omissions in the documentation, and ensure that it is kept up-to-date for each release. Make any necessary changes to the documentation before proceeding with the release.
+These version constraints are added to `base_requirements.txt` to ensure that newer packages are not installed when updating the pinned dependencies in `requirements.txt` (see the [Update Requirements](#update-requirements) section below). Before each new minor version of NetBox is released, all such constraints on dependent packages should be addressed if feasible. This guards against the collection of stale constraints over time.
 
 ### Close the Release Milestone
 
-Close the release milestone on GitHub. Ensure that there are no remaining open issues associated with it.
+Close the [release milestone](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/milestones) on GitHub after ensuring there are no remaining open issues associated with it.
+
+### Update the Release Notes
+
+Check that a link to the release notes for the new version is present in the navigation menu (defined in `mkdocs.yml`), and that a summary of all major new features has been added to `docs/index.md`.
+
+### Manually Perform a New Install
+
+Start the documentation server and navigate to the current version of the installation docs:
+
+```no-highlight
+mkdocs serve
+```
+
+Follow these instructions to perform a new installation of NetBox in a temporary environment. This process must not be automated: The goal of this step is to catch any errors or omissions in the documentation, and ensure that it is kept up-to-date for each release. Make any necessary changes to the documentation before proceeding with the release.
+
+### Merge the Release Branch
+
+Submit a pull request to merge the `feature` branch into the `develop` branch in preparation for its release. Once it has been merged, continue with the section for patch releases below.
+
+### Rebuild Demo Data (After Release)
+
+After the release of a new minor version, generate a new demo data snapshot compatible with the new release. See the [`netbox-demo-data`](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox-demo-data) repository for instructions.
 
 ---
 
-## All Releases
+## Patch Releases
 
-### Verify CI Build Status
+### Notify netbox-docker Project of Any Relevant Changes
 
-Ensure that continuous integration testing on the `develop` branch is completing successfully.
+Notify the [`netbox-docker`](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox-docker) maintainers (in **#netbox-docker**) of any changes that may be relevant to their build process, including:
+
+* Significant changes to `upgrade.sh`
+* Increases in minimum versions for service dependencies (PostgreSQL, Redis, etc.)
+* Any changes to the reference installation
+
+### Update Requirements
+
+Before each release, update each of NetBox's Python dependencies to its most recent stable version. These are defined in `requirements.txt`, which is updated from `base_requirements.txt` using `pip`. To do this:
+
+1. Upgrade the installed version of all required packages in your environment (`pip install -U -r base_requirements.txt`).
+2. Run all tests and check that the UI and API function as expected.
+3. Review each requirement's release notes for any breaking or otherwise noteworthy changes.
+4. Update the package versions in `requirements.txt` as appropriate.
+
+In cases where upgrading a dependency to its most recent release is breaking, it should be constrained to its current minor version in `base_requirements.txt` with an explanatory comment and revisited for the next major NetBox release (see the [Address Constrained Dependencies](#address-constrained-dependencies) section above).
+
+### Rebuild the Device Type Definition Schema
+
+Run the following command to update the device type definition validation schema:
+
+```nohighlight
+./manage.py buildschema --write
+```
+
+This will automatically update the schema file at `contrib/generated_schema.json`.
 
 ### Update Version and Changelog
 
-Update the `VERSION` constant in `settings.py` to the new release version and annotate the current data in the release notes for the new version.
+* Update the `VERSION` constant in `settings.py` to the new release version.
+* Update the example version numbers in the feature request and bug report templates under `.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATES/`.
+* Replace the "FUTURE" placeholder in the release notes with the current date.
+
+Commit these changes to the `develop` branch and push upstream.
+
+### Verify CI Build Status
+
+Ensure that continuous integration testing on the `develop` branch is completing successfully. If it fails, take action to correct the failure before proceding with the release.
 
 ### Submit a Pull Request
 
-Submit a pull request title **"Release vX.Y.Z"** to merge the `develop` branch into `master`. Include a brief change log listing the features, improvements, and/or bugs addressed in the release.
+Submit a pull request titled **"Release vX.Y.Z"** to merge the `develop` branch into `master`. Copy the documented release notes into the pull request's body.
 
-Once CI has completed on the PR, merge it.
+Once CI has completed on the PR, merge it. This effects a new release in the `master` branch.
 
 ### Create a New Release
 
-Draft a [new release](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/releases/new) with the following parameters.
+Create a [new release](https://github.com/netbox-community/netbox/releases/new) on GitHub with the following parameters.
 
-* **Tag:** Current version (e.g. `v2.3.4`)
+* **Tag:** Current version (e.g. `v3.3.1`)
 * **Target:** `master`
-* **Title:** Version and date (e.g. `v2.3.4 - 2018-08-02`)
+* **Title:** Version and date (e.g. `v3.3.1 - 2022-08-25`)
+* **Description:** Copy from the pull request body
 
-Copy the description from the pull request into the release notes.
+Once created, the release will become available for users to install.
 
 ### Update the Development Version
 
-On the `develop` branch, update `VERSION` in `settings.py` to point to the next release. For example, if you just released v2.3.4, set:
+On the `develop` branch, update `VERSION` in `settings.py` to point to the next release. For example, if you just released v3.3.1, set:
 
 ```
-VERSION = 'v2.3.5-dev'
+VERSION = 'v3.3.2-dev'
 ```
 
-### Announce the Release
-
-Announce the release on the [mailing list](https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/netbox-discuss). Include a link to the release and the (HTML-formatted) release notes.
+Commit this change with the comment "PRVB" (for _post-release version bump_) and push the commit upstream.

docs/development/search.md

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+# Search
+
+NetBox v3.4 introduced a new global search mechanism, which employs the `extras.CachedValue` model to store discrete field values from many models in a single table.
+
+## SearchIndex
+
+To enable search support for a model, declare and register a subclass of `netbox.search.SearchIndex` for it. Typically, this will be done within an app's `search.py` module.
+
+```python
+from netbox.search import SearchIndex, register_search
+
+@register_search
+class MyModelIndex(SearchIndex):
+    model = MyModel
+    fields = (
+        ('name', 100),
+        ('description', 500),
+        ('comments', 5000),
+    )
+```
+
+A SearchIndex subclass defines both its model and a list of two-tuples specifying which model fields to be indexed and the weight (precedence) associated with each. Guidance on weight assignment for fields is provided below.
+
+### Field Weight Guidance
+
+| Weight | Field Role                                       | Examples                                           |
+|--------|--------------------------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------|
+| 50     | Unique serialized attribute                      | Device.asset_tag                                   |
+| 60     | Unique serialized attribute (per related object) | Device.serial                                      |
+| 100    | Primary human identifier                         | Device.name, Circuit.cid, Cable.label              |
+| 110    | Slug                                             | Site.slug                                          |
+| 200    | Secondary identifier                             | ProviderAccount.account, DeviceType.part_number    |
+| 300    | Highly unique descriptive attribute              | CircuitTermination.xconnect_id, IPAddress.dns_name |
+| 500    | Description                                      | Site.description                                   |
+| 1000   | Custom field default                             | -                                                  |
+| 2000   | Other discrete attribute                         | CircuitTermination.port_speed                      |
+| 5000   | Comment field                                    | Site.comments                                      |

docs/development/signals.md

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+# Signals
+
+In addition to [Django's built-in signals](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/topics/signals/), NetBox defines some of its own, listed below.
+
+## post_clean
+
+This signal is sent by models which inherit from `CustomValidationMixin` at the end of their `clean()` method.
+
+### Receivers
+
+* `extras.signals.run_custom_validators()`

docs/development/style-guide.md

@@ -1,36 +1,55 @@
 # Style Guide
 
-NetBox generally follows the [Django style guide](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/internals/contributing/writing-code/coding-style/), which is itself based on [PEP 8](https://www.python.org/dev/peps/pep-0008/). [Pycodestyle](https://github.com/pycqa/pycodestyle) is used to validate code formatting, ignoring certain violations. See `scripts/cibuild.sh`.
+NetBox generally follows the [Django style guide](https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/stable/internals/contributing/writing-code/coding-style/), which is itself based on [PEP 8](https://www.python.org/dev/peps/pep-0008/). [Pycodestyle](https://github.com/pycqa/pycodestyle) is used to validate code formatting, ignoring certain violations.
 
-## PEP 8 Exceptions
+## Code
 
-* Wildcard imports (for example, `from .constants import *`) are acceptable under any of the following conditions:
-    * The library being import contains only constant declarations (`constants.py`)
-    * The library being imported explicitly defines `__all__` (e.g. `<app>.api.nested_serializers`)
+### General Guidance
 
-* Maximum line length is 120 characters (E501)
-    * This does not apply to HTML templates or to automatically generated code (e.g. database migrations).
+* When in doubt, remain consistent: It is better to be consistently incorrect than inconsistently correct. If you notice in the course of unrelated work a pattern that should be corrected, continue to follow the pattern for now and submit a separate bug report so that the entire code base can be evaluated at a later point.
 
-* Line breaks are permitted following binary operators (W504)
+* Prioritize readability over concision. Python is a very flexible language that typically offers several multiple options for expressing a given piece of logic, but some may be more friendly to the reader than others. (List comprehensions are particularly vulnerable to over-optimization.) Always remain considerate of the future reader who may need to interpret your code without the benefit of the context within which you are writing it.
 
-## Enforcing Code Style
+* Include a newline at the end of every file.
 
-The `pycodestyle` utility (previously `pep8`) is used by the CI process to enforce code style. It is strongly recommended to include as part of your commit process. A git commit hook is provided in the source at `scripts/git-hooks/pre-commit`. Linking to this script from `.git/hooks/` will invoke `pycodestyle` prior to every commit attempt and abort if the validation fails.
+* No easter eggs. While they can be fun, NetBox must be considered as a business-critical tool. The potential, however minor, for introducing a bug caused by unnecessary code is best avoided entirely.
 
-```
-$ cd .git/hooks/
-$ ln -s ../../scripts/git-hooks/pre-commit
-```
+* Constants (variables which do not change) should be declared in `constants.py` within each app. Wildcard imports from the file are acceptable.
 
-To invoke `pycodestyle` manually, run:
+* Every model must have a [docstring](https://peps.python.org/pep-0257/). Every custom method should include an explanation of its function.
+
+* Nested API serializers generate minimal representations of an object. These are stored separately from the primary serializers to avoid circular dependencies. Always import nested serializers from other apps directly. For example, from within the DCIM app you would write `from ipam.api.nested_serializers import NestedIPAddressSerializer`.
+
+### PEP 8 Exceptions
+
+NetBox ignores certain PEP8 assertions. These are listed below.
+
+#### Wildcard Imports
+
+Wildcard imports (for example, `from .constants import *`) are acceptable under any of the following conditions:
+
+* The library being import contains only constant declarations (e.g. `constants.py`)
+* The library being imported explicitly defines `__all__`
+
+#### Maximum Line Length (E501)
+
+NetBox does not restrict lines to a maximum length of 79 characters. We use a maximum line length of 120 characters, however this is not enforced by CI. The maximum length does not apply to HTML templates or to automatically generated code (e.g. database migrations).
+
+#### Line Breaks Following Binary Operators (W504)
+
+Line breaks are permitted following binary operators.
+
+### Enforcing Code Style
+
+The [`pycodestyle`](https://pypi.org/project/pycodestyle/) utility (formerly `pep8`) is used by the CI process to enforce code style. A [pre-commit hook](./getting-started.md#2-enable-pre-commit-hooks) which runs this automatically is included with NetBox. To invoke `pycodestyle` manually, run:
 
 ```
 pycodestyle --ignore=W504,E501 netbox/
 ```
 
-## Introducing New Dependencies
+### Introducing New Dependencies
 
-The introduction of a new dependency is best avoided unless it is absolutely necessary. For small features, it's generally preferable to replicate functionality within the NetBox code base rather than to introduce reliance on an external project. This reduces both the burden of tracking new releases and our exposure to outside bugs and attacks.
+The introduction of a new dependency is best avoided unless it is absolutely necessary. For small features, it's generally preferable to replicate functionality within the NetBox code base rather than to introduce reliance on an external project. This reduces both the burden of tracking new releases and our exposure to outside bugs and supply chain attacks.
 
 If there's a strong case for introducing a new dependency, it must meet the following criteria:
 
@@ -39,24 +58,22 @@ If there's a strong case for introducing a new dependency, it must meet the foll
 * It must be actively maintained, with no longer than one year between releases.
 * It must be available via the [Python Package Index](https://pypi.org/) (PyPI).
 
-When adding a new dependency, a short description of the package and the URL of its code repository must be added to `base_requirements.txt`. Additionally, a line specifying the package name pinned to the current stable release must be added to `requirements.txt`. This ensures that NetBox will install only the known-good release and simplify support efforts.
+When adding a new dependency, a short description of the package and the URL of its code repository must be added to `base_requirements.txt`. Additionally, a line specifying the package name pinned to the current stable release must be added to `requirements.txt`. This ensures that NetBox will install only the known-good release.
 
-## General Guidance
+## Written Works
 
-* When in doubt, remain consistent: It is better to be consistently incorrect than inconsistently correct. If you notice in the course of unrelated work a pattern that should be corrected, continue to follow the pattern for now and open a bug so that the entire code base can be evaluated at a later point.
+### General Guidance
 
-* Prioritize readability over concision. Python is a very flexible language that typically gives us several options for expressing a given piece of logic, but some may be more friendly to the reader than others. (List comprehensions are particularly vulnerable to over-optimization.) Always remain considerate of the future reader who may need to interpret your code without the benefit of the context within which you are writing it.
+* Written material must always meet a reasonable professional standard, with proper grammar, spelling, and punctuation.
 
-* No easter eggs. While they can be fun, NetBox must be considered as a business-critical tool. The potential, however minor, for introducing a bug caused by unnecessary logic is best avoided entirely.
+* Use two line breaks between paragraphs.
 
-* Constants (variables which generally do not change) should be declared in `constants.py` within each app. Wildcard imports from the file are acceptable.
+* Use only a single space between sentences.
 
-* Every model should have a docstring. Every custom method should include an explanation of its function.
+* All documentation is to be written in [Markdown](../reference/markdown.md), with modest amounts of HTML permitted where needed to overcome technical limitations.
 
-* Nested API serializers generate minimal representations of an object. These are stored separately from the primary serializers to avoid circular dependencies. Always import nested serializers from other apps directly. For example, from within the DCIM app you would write `from ipam.api.nested_serializers import NestedIPAddressSerializer`.
+### Branding
 
-## Branding
-
-* When referring to NetBox in writing, use the proper form "NetBox," with the letters N and B capitalized. The lowercase form "netbox" should be used in code, filenames, etc. But never "Netbox" or any other deviation.
+* When referring to NetBox in writing, use the proper form "NetBox," with the letters N and B capitalized. The lowercase form "netbox" should be used in code, filenames, etc. but never "Netbox" or any other deviation.
 
 * There is an SVG form of the NetBox logo at [docs/netbox_logo.svg](../netbox_logo.svg). It is preferred to use this logo for all purposes as it scales to arbitrary sizes without loss of resolution. If a raster image is required, the SVG logo should be converted to a PNG image of the prescribed size.